Upload
others
View
2
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Control Strategies and Power Electronics in aLow-cost Electric Vehicle Propulsion System
Employing a Brushless DC Machine
By
Xinxiang Yan, M.Eng
School of EngineeringFaculty of Technology
Northern Territory University
A thesis submitted in fulfillment of the requirements forthe degree of Doctor of Philosophy
December 2000
i
Abstract
Battery-powered electric vehicles (BEVs) are a promising part of the solutions to
urban pollution and global warming. Existing problems of BEVs are short drive
range and high cost. Energy and power control strategies in EV propulsion remain a
substantial research topic which require further investigation and power electronics
plays a key role in EV development. This thesis studies the control strategies and
power electronics for a short range, low cost EV employing high efficiency
permanent magnet axial flux brushless dc motor (BDCM). Many of the technologies
presented can be used in more general applications.
Based on the drive cycle data obtained from an ICE vehicle and its analysis, a
novel energy and power management scheme has been proposed. The proposed
energy and power management scheme employs the newly developed non-flowing
zinc-bromine battery (NFZBB) and ultracapacitors (UCs). NFZBBs are optimized for
specific energy, low cost and long life. Ultracapacitors featuring high power density
and long life are used to complement the NFZBB to achieve good acceleration
performance at low speeds. The thesis shows how combining the two different types
of energy storage can optimize the EV propulsion system to achieve high energy for
drive range, high power for good acceleration performance, long lifetime, and low
cost.
A novel multifunctional dc-dc converter topology has been proposed for the
overall energy and power control. This single, simple dc-dc converter is used for both
the control of the energy which is drawn out of and placed into the ultracapacitors
and the speed extension of the BDCM. Several advanced control technologies of
BDCM are studied.
Zero Voltage Transition (ZVT) soft-switching techniques are utilized in the
multifunctional dc-dc converter to achieve high efficiency, reduction of volume and
weight, and lower electromagnetic interference (EMI) level. A prototype of the ZVT
dc-dc converter with 96% efficiency has been developed.
ABSTRACT ii
At high power levels, due to large dimensions of ferrite cores and air gaps, the
influence of leakage flux and fringing flux on the inductor design within the dc-dc
converter becomes significant, and is difficult to predict accurately. With
conventional design of high power ferrite cored inductors, difficulty exists in
achieving a satisfactory overall performance. A novel design for high power ferrite
cored inductors employing a dual-coil or distributed winding scheme is proposed by
the author to combat the problems. Results from both 3-Dimensional (3D) finite
element analysis (FEA) and measurement verify the viability of the novel design for
high power inductors. The proposed inductor design allows better optimization by
reducing the localization of saturation, leakage flux, and EMI levels, achieving good
utilization of the magnetic cores.
A new intelligent gate drive module for high power IGBTs has been developed
and presented. This module features high current capacity, powerful functions, high
performance, wide application, and convenience of use, and is suitable for high
power applications such as in EV drives. The detailed functions, operation,
performance, and practical application issues are addressed.
A soft-switched on-board EV battery charger with unity power factor has been
developed. It employs a zero-current-switching (ZCS) boost converter with power
factor correction (PFC) and an asymmetrically controlled zero-voltage-switching
(ZVS) half-bridge (HB) dc-dc converter in cascade. Several state-of-the-art power
electronics techniques are used. They include power factor correction, a ZVS
technique requiring few additional components, control of steady-state duty cycle of
the charger's dc-dc converter for high efficiency, a novel active pre-load with
minimized power rate, and an optimized charging profile.
iii
List of the Author's PublicationsDuring His Ph.D. Candidature
1. Xinxiang Yan and Dean Patterson, "Improvement of drive range, acceleration and
deceleration performance in an electric vehicle propulsion system”, The 1999
IEEE Power Electronics Specialist Conference (PESC'99), 27th June-1st July 1999,
Charleston, South Carolina, USA
2. Xinxiang Yan, Dean Patterson and Byron Kennedy, "A multifunctional dc-dc
converter for an EV drive system", 16th International Electric Vehicle Symposium
and Exhibition (EVS-16), 12-16 October 1999, Beijing, China
3. Xinxiang Yan and Dean Patterson, "Novel power management for high
performance and cost reduction in an electric vehicle", 1999 World Renewable
Energy Congress, 10-13 February 1999, Perth, Australia. Also published on
Journal of Renewable Energy (UK), Vol. 22 (1-3), 2001
4. Xinxiang Yan, Dean Patterson, Dan Sable and Guichao Hua, "Design of an
intelligent gate driver for high-power IGBT modules", The 1998 IEEE
International Conference on Power Electronics Drives and Energy Systems for
Industrial Growth (PEDES'98), 1-3 December 1998, Perth, Australia (IEEE
PEDES'98 prize paper)
A LIST OF THE AUTHOR’S PUBLISHCATIONS DURING HIS CANDIDATURE iv
5. Xinxiang Yan and Dean Patterson, "A high-efficiency on-board battery charger
with unity input power factor", International Journal of Renewable Energy
Engineering, April, 2000
6. Xinxiang Yan, Dean Patterson, Dan Sable, Xinfu Zhuang and Guichao Hua,
"Design of power electronics for a satellite flywheel energy storage system", IEEE
PEDES'98, 1-3 December 1998, Perth, Australia
7. Dean Patterson, Xinxiang Yan and S. Camilleri, "A very high efficiency controller
for an axial flux permanent magnet wheel drive in a solar powered vehicle", IEEE
PEDES'98, 1-3 December 1998, Perth, Australia
8. Byron Kennedy, Dean Patterson, Xinxiang Yan, and John Swenson,
"Development of a light short range electric commuter vehicle", International
Journal of Renewable Energy Engineering, April, 2000
9. Xinxiang Yan and Dean Patterson, "Design of an intelligent gate drive module for
high-power IGBTs", 1998 Australian University Power Engineering Conference
(AUPEC'98), 27-30 September 1998, Hobart, Australia
10. Paul Chandler, Xinxiang Yan, and Dean Patterson, “Novel design of high-power
ferrite cored inductors with ease of design and improved overall performance”,
2001 IEEE Power Electronics Specialist Conference (PESC'01)
v
Declaration
I hereby declare that the work herein, now submitted as a thesis for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy of the Northern Territory University, is the result of my own
investigations, and all references to ideas and work of other researchers have been
specifically acknowledged. I hereby certify that the work embodied in this thesis has
not already been accepted in substance for any degree, and is not being currently
submitted in candidature for any other degree.
Xinxiang Yan
December 16, 2000
vi
To my family
vii
Acknowledgements
I would like to thank several organizations and people that made this work possible.
The work was undertaken at the Northern Territory Centre for Energy Research
(NTCER) and the School of Engineering of Northern Territory University. Funding
for the project was provided by the Northern Territory Power and Water Authority,
and the Australian Research Council. The author was financially supported during
the project by the Northern Territory University Postgraduate Research Scholarship
and the International Postgraduate Research Scholarship from the Department of
Employment, Education, Training and Youth Affairs of Australia.
A special gratitude is for my academic supervisor, Professor Dean Patterson, for
his guidance, encouragement, challenges and methodical engineering view. Working
with him was a great pleasure.
My fellow Ph.D. students Paul Chandler and Andrew Tuckey who were also the
computer system administrators at NTCER have been very helpful during different
phases of this thesis. Paul also did 3D FEA for the verification of my proposed novel
high power ferrite cored inductor design. Thanks also to Research Associate Byron
Kennedy who gave me much technical support during the project development.
I would like to thank the two experienced technical officers Wayne Flavel and
Howard Pullen for their technical support. Wayne contributed many hours to the
fabrication of the power block of the converter prototype.
I want to recognize the work of senior mechanical research fellow John Swenson
in helping to develop, install and test the vehicle data logger system. Thanks are also
extended to the meter-reading technician Sergio Sepulveda at the Northern Territory
Power and Water Authority for helping to obtain the vehicle drive data.
And finally, the deepest appreciation from my heart is for my parents for
bringing me up and for my wife and my daughter for their love, companionship, care,
and patience during the long academic journey.
viii
Contents
List of Figures…………………………………………………………….…...xiv
List of Tables…………………………………….…………….…..………..…xxi
Table of Abbreviations………………………...….………………………..xxii
Chapter 1 Introduction …………………………………………………….…1
1.1 Electric Vehicle Background…………………………………………….......1
1.2 Benefits of Electric Vehicles…………………………...…………………....2
1.2.1 Reduction of Air Pollution and Global Warming……………….…...2
1.2.2 Reduction of Dependence on Depleting Fossil Energy Sources…….3
1.2.3 Other Benefits…………………………………………………..…....4
1.3 BEVs, HEVs and FCEVs……………………………………………..……...5
1.3.1 Battery-Powered Electric Vehicles (BEVs)……………………….…5
1.3.2 Hybrid Electric Vehicles (HEVs)…………………………….……...6
1.3.3 Fuel-Cell Electric Vehicles (FCEVs)…………………………...…...7
1.3.4 A Few Important Notes……………………………………..….…....9
1.4 EV Research Project at the Northern Territory Centre
for Energy Research………………………………………………..……......9
1.5 Contributions and Outline of the Thesis……………………………………10
Chapter 2 Data Logging from an ICE Vehicle and the Data
Analysis………………………………………………………….14
2.1 Design of a Data Logger for Collection of Vehicle Drive Cycle Data…….14
CONTENTS ix
2.1.1 Data Acquisition…………………………………………………….14
2.1.2 The Physical Parameters Measured………………………………....16
2.2 Typical Drive Cycles of a Meter-Reading Vehicle…………………………17
2.3 Analysis of the Measured Drive Cycles…………………………………….17
2.3.1 Comparison between the Obtained Drive Cycle and the FUDS…....17
2.3.2 Acceleration Rates……………………………………………….....24
2.3.2.1 0-60 km/h Acceleration Data…………………………….....25
2.3.2.2 0-80 km/h Acceleration Data……………………………….26
2.3.3 Frequencies of Acceleration to Different Speeds……………….….26
2.3.4 The Average Speed and the Maximum Speed……………………...28
2.4 Specifications of the NTCER EV Propulsion System……………………...28
2.5 Review……………………………………………………………………...29
Chapter 3 Several Advanced Control Technologies in Permanent
Magnet Brushless DC Motor Drives……………………....30
3.1 Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motors (BDCM) for EV Propulsion……30
3.2 An Overview of a BDCM Drive System and its Control………………...…33
3.3 Impacts of Different PWM Strategies and Commutation Schemes on
Performance of BDCMs………………………………………………….…37
3.3.1 PWM with Bipolar Voltage Switching vs. PWM with Unipolar
Voltage Switching ……………………………………………..…...37
3.3.2 Performance Improvement of BDCM in Regeneration Mode…...…41
3.3.2.1 Method I – Combining Unipolar Voltage Switching
PWM and Bipolar Voltage Switching PWM…………….....43
3.3.2.2 Method II – Twelve-Step Commutation…………………....45
3.4 Speed Extension and Constant Power Operation of the BDCM……….…...47
3.4.1 Flux Weakening Method…………………………………………....48
3.4.2 Mechanically Varying the Air Gap………………………………....49
3.4.3 Advancing the Phase Angle of the Excitation Transition Points.…..50
3.4.4 Voltage Boosting Method Employing a Bidirectional Direct
DC-DC Converter……………………………………………….......50
3.5 Current Control of BDCM at Speeds above the Base Speed in
CONTENTS x
Motoring Mode when using the Voltage Boosting Method………….…..…51
3.5.1 Method I: The Converter – Current controlled;
The Inverter – Commutation Only……………………………….....51
3.5.2 Method II: The Converter – Voltage Source Output;
The Inverter – Current Mode Control………………………………56
3.6 Control of Regenerative Braking of BDCM above the Base Speed………..60
3.6.1 When Motor Speeds are much Higher than the Base Speed…….....61
3.6.2 When Motor Speeds are only Marginally Higher than the
Base Speed………………………………………………………….62
3.7 Review……………………………………………………………………...64
Chapter 4 Novel Energy and Power Management in the EV
Propulsion System…………………………………………..…..66
4.1 Power Requirements for the Electric Vehicle Propulsion System………....66
4.1.1 Road Load Characteristics……………………………………….....67
4.1.2 Components of Vehicle Power vs. Speed for the FUDS……….…..69
4.1.3 Observations……………………………………………………......73
4.2 Overview of Commercial EV Batteries…………………………………….74
4.3 Non-Flowing Zinc-Bromine Batteries………………………………….......76
4.4 The Load-Leveling Concept and High-Power Energy Storage
Devices in EVs……………………………………………..…………..…...78
4.4.1 The Load-leveling Concept in EVs…………………………….…...78
4.4.2 High-Power Batteries………………………………………….…....79
4.4.3 Flywheels……………………………………………………….…..79
4.4.4 Ultracapacitors……………………………………………………...80
4.4.5 Summary…………………………………………………………....81
4.5 A Novel EV Power Management Scheme Employing Zinc-Bromine
Batteries and Ultracapacitors…………………………………………….....81
4.6 Simulation and Optimization of the EV Power System…………………....83
4.6.1 The Simulation Model Using Matlab / imulink…………………….83
4.6.2 The Simulation Results and Determination of the Power Rating
of the Ultracapacitor Bank and the DC-DC Converter…….…….…84
CONTENTS xi
4.6.3 Control Rules for the DC-DC Converter for Load Leveling
the Batteries…………………………………..…………...………...89
4.6.4 Simulation Results on the Voltage and Current Transients
of the Short Term Power Unit………………………….………...…90
4.6.4.1 Voltage and Current Transients of the STPU
in Boost Mode…………………………………………...….91
4.6.4.2 Voltage and Current Transients of the STPU
in Buck Mode…………………….……………………...….94
4.7 Overall Power Control in the NTCER EV…………………………….…....96
4.8 A Novel Multifunctional DC-DC Converter Topology for the
Overall Power Management in the NTCER EV………………….......97
4.8.1 Topology Derivation……………………………………..……...….97
4.8.2 Operation Principles and Topology nalysis……………………......100
4.8.2.1 At Motor Speeds below the Base Speed…………….……..100
4.8.2.2 At Motor Speeds above the Base Speed………………..….102
4.8.2.3 Zero Current Switching (ZCS) Conditions of the
Contactor…………………………………………...……...104
4.9 Review…………………………………………………………….….....…104
Chapter 5 Development of the Soft-Switched Bidirectional
DC-DC Converter………………………………..………....…....106
5.1 Introduction…………………………………………………………….......106
5.2 Evaluation of Soft Switching echniques……………………...…..…….….107
5.3 ZVT Operations of the Bidirectional DC-DC Converter………………..…110
5.3.1 ZVT Operation in Boost Mode…………………………………….110
5.3.2 ZVT Operation in Buck Mode……………………………………..119
5.4 Implementation Issues and Experimental Results…………………………121
5.4.1 Implementation Issues ……………………………..…….……......121
5.4.2 Experimental Results……………………………………...…….....124
5.5 Novel Design of High-Power Ferrite Cored Inductors with Ease
of Design and Improved Overall Performance ……………………………132
5.5.1 Problems with Conventional Design of High-Power
CONTENTS xii
Ferrite Cored Inductors……………………………….……..….....133
5.5.1.1 Conventional Core and Winding Configurations of
High Power Ferrite Cored Inductors………………….…...133
5.5.1.2 Observations of Inductor Configuration #1 and
Inductor Configuration #2 Aided by 3D EFA……………..135
5.5.2 Novel Design for High Power Ferrite Cored Inductors………...…139
5.5.2.1 A Novel Winding Scheme for High Power
Ferrite Cored Inductors……………...………………….....139
5.5.2.2 3D FEA Results for Inductor Configuration #3…………...140
5.5.2.3 Measurement Results, Comparison and Conclusions….….141
5.6 Review……………………………………………………………………..143
Chapter 6 Development of an Intelligent Drive Module
for High Power IGBTs……………………………………....…145
6.1 Functions and Features of the New Intelligent IGBT Drive Module….…..147
6.2 Functional Diagram and its Operation…………………………………….148
6.2.1 Intelligent Functions……………………………………………….148
6.2.2 Bipolar Drive Outputs……………………………………………..149
6.2.3 The Built-in, Well Regulated and Isolated Floating Bipolar
Power Supply……………………………………………………...150
6.3 Measurements……………………………………………………………..152
6.4 Practical Application Issues…………………………………………….....155
6.4.1 Fault Status Feedback……………………………………………...155
6.4.2 Selection of Gate Drive Resistor……………………………….….155
6.5 Review……………………………………………………………….….....156
Chapter 7 Soft-Switched On-Board EV Battery Chargers
with Unity Power Factor……………………………….....…157
7.1 Power Stage Configurations for EV On-Board Battery
Chargers………..…………………………………………………………..159
7.2 An Example — A 780 W High-efficiency, Low-cost,
Unity-Power-factor Battery Charger………………………………………161
CONTENTS xiii
7.2.1 Design Specifications…………………………………….………..161
7.2.2 Power Stage and its Soft Switching Operation……………………161
7.3 Optimization of the Charge Profile………………………………………..164
7.4 A Novel Active Pre-Load with Minimized Power Rate for the
On-Board Battery Charger……………………………………….…….….166
7.5 Constant Steady-State Duty Cycle Control of the DC-DC Converter…….168
7.6 Measurements……………………………………………………….….…170
7.7 Review………………………………………………………………….....172
Chapter 8 Conclusions and Recommendations for Further
Work ………………………………………………………..…...173
8.1 Conclusions………………………………………………………………..173
8.2 Recommendations for Further Work……………………………………...177
Appendix A The Non-Flowing Zinc/Bromine Battery for
Electric Vehicle Applications …………………….……...179
Appendix B Schematic Diagrams ……………………………………….190
Bibliography ……………………………………………………………..…...200
xiv
List of Figures
1.1 Block diagram of a BEV propulsion system…………………………....…...5
1.2 Block diagram of a series HEV propulsion system………………………....6
1.3 Block diagram of a parallel HEV propulsion system…………………….....6
1.4 Block diagram of a FCEV propulsion system…………………………….…8
2.1 Functional diagram of hardware setup of the data logger system……...…..15
2.2 A photograph of the data logging equipment………………………………16
2.3 Drive cycle of the domestic route, Jan-20 1999……………………………18
2.4 Drive cycle of the domestic route, Jan-21 1999…………………………....19
2.5 Drive cycle of the domestic route, Feb-02 1999…………………..…...…..20
2.6 Typical daily drive cycle of the commercial route, Jan-25 1999………......21
2.7 The Federal Urban Driving Schedule (FUDS)……………………….….....23
2.8 Average speed vs. time to 60 km/h - all routes………………………..…...25
2.9 Average acceleration vs. achieved speed up to 60 km/h - all routes…….....26
2.10 Average acceleration vs. achieved speed up to 80 km/h - all routes…….…27
2.11 Average acceleration vs. time to 80 km/h - all routes…………………...…27
2.12 Histogram of terminal velocity after acceleration from standstill - all
routes………………………………………………………………….….…28
3.1 A photograph of the NTCER motor disassembled………………………....33
3.2 Ideal back EMF waveforms and current waveforms of a BDCM……...…..34
3.3 A BDCM drive system with closed-loop torque control…………………...35
3.4 A BDCM drive system with double-closed-loop control………………......35
LIST OF FIGURES xv
3.5 Using a full-bridge dc motor drive system to model the BDCM drive
system in 60������������������ ���
3.6 PWM with bipolar voltage switching………………………………………38
3.7 PWM with unipolar voltage switching ………………………………….....39
3.8 "Lubricous torque" offered by bipolar voltage switching PWM scheme…..40
3.9 Unipolar voltage switching PWM with six-step commutation…………….41
3.10 Simulated phase current waveform in regeneration mode using unipolar
voltage switching PWM with six-step commutation scheme………………42
3.11 Illustration of the cause of the distorted motor current in
regeneration mode……………………………………………………….....42
3.12 Bipolar voltage switching PWM with six-step commutation……………...43
3.13 Illustration of phase current transition in regeneration mode using
bipolar voltage switching PWM………………………………………...….44
3.14 Simulated phase current waveform in regeneration mode using unipolar
voltage switching PWM with six-step commutation scheme……………....44
3.15 Twelve-step commutation scheme………………………………………....45
3.16 Illustration of phase current transition in regeneration mode using
twelve-step commutation scheme…………………………………………..46
3.17 Simulated phase current waveform in regeneration mode with
twelve-step commutation scheme…………………………………………..46
3.18 Natural torque-speed characteristic of a BDCM and desired torque-speed
characteristic for traction application………………………………………48
3.19 Speed extension of BDCM by employing a dc-dc converter……………….51
3.20 Motor current control Method I…………………………………………….52
3.21 Motor current control loop with unspecified control plant (Method I)….....53
3.22 Root locus of Kci(s)………………………………………………………....55
3.23 Influences of system parameters on the location of the poles
and zeros of Kci(s)…………………………………………………………..56
3.24 Equivalent system diagram using Method II of the motor current control
at the motor speeds above the base speed………………………………….57
3.25 Outer control loop with unspecified transfer function of plant
LIST OF FIGURES xvi
using Method II……………………………………………………………..57
3.26 Root locus of Kcv(s)………………………………………………………...58
3.27 Mathematical model of the closed voltage loop using Method II………….59
3.28 Step response of the closed voltage loop…………………………………...59
3.29 Buck-regeneration operation when the motor speeds are much higher
than the base speed………………………………………………………….61
3.30 Hybrid boost-regeneration mode when the motor speed are
marginally higher than the base speed……………………………….……..63
3.31 Simplification of Figure 3.30………………………………………..……..63
3.32 Two states of the circuits when San is executing PWM switching…….…...63
3.33 The equivalent boost circuit…………………………………………….….64
4.1 Components of vehicle power vs. speeds………………………………….69
4.2 Wheel power on FUDS……………………………………………………..70
4.3 Components of the vehicle power on FUDS…………………………...…..71
4.4 Required battery power and energy consumed on FUDS…………………..72
4.5 Power for climbing vs. speeds………………………………………….......72
4.6 Comparison among lead-acid, MiCd and MiMH batteries………….……...75
4.7 Connection configuration of the ultracapacitor bank
in the propulsion system for load leveling purpose………………………...82
4.8 Matlab / Simulink model of the dc-dc converter in boost model…………..84
4.9 Output power capacity and efficiency of the STPU
employing 20 ultracapacitors…………………………………………….....86
4.10 Output power capacity and efficiency of the STPU employing 30
ultracapacitors……………………………………………………….…...…87
4.11 Output power capacity and efficiency of the STPU employing 40
ultracapacitors………………………………………………………….…...88
4.12 Control diagram of the bi-directional dc-dc converter for the purpose
of load leveling the batteries ……………………………………………….90
4.13 Simulink block diagram and simulated step response of the
current loop of the STPU in boost mode……………………………...…....92
4.14 Battery current, bus voltage and currents of the STPU
LIST OF FIGURES xvii
in boost mode by simulation………………………………………...……...93
4.15 Simulink block diagram and simulated step response of the
current loop of the STPU in buck mode………………..…………………..94
4.16 Battery current, bus voltage and currents of the STPU
in buck mode by simulation………………………………………………...95
4.17 The concept of the overall power management…………………………….97
4.18 Two-stage scheme for the overall power management using two
separate dc-dc converters in cascade………………………………...…..….98
4.19 The proposed multifunctional dc-dc converter topology
for the overall power management …………………………………………99
4.20 Operation mode at motor speeds below the base speed………...…………101
4.21 Regeneration mode at motor speeds below the base speed……...……..….102
4.22 Battery charging the ultracapacitors……………………………………….102
4.23 Constant power operation (in motoring mode) when motor
speeds are above the base speed…………………………….……...……...103
4.24 Buck-regeneration operation when motor speeds are much higher
than the base speed………………………………………………………...103
4.25 Hybrid boost-regeneration mode when motor speeds are
marginally higher than the base speed…………………………….…….…103
5.1 Diagram of the ZVT bidirectional dc-dc converter………………………..110
5.2 Equivalent circuit in boost mode………………………………………..…111
5.3 Key circuit waveforms in boost mode…………………………………..…112
5.4 Circuit operation diagrams in boost Mode………………………………...113
5.5 Simulated typical circuit waveforms in boost mode……………………....118
5.6 Hua’s ZVT dc-dc boost converter……………………………………....…119
5.7 Equivalent circuit in buck mode………………………………………......119
5.8 Simulated typical circuit waveforms in buck mode……………………....120
5.9 A photo of the prototype of the ZVT bidirectional dc-dc converter………121
5.10 Circuit diagram of the practical ZVT bidirectional dc-dc converter
including two saturable inductors and two RD snubbers………………….122
5.11 Control diagram of the bidirectional dc-dc converter……………………..123
LIST OF FIGURES xviii
5.12 Gate drive waveforms Vgs1 and Vgsx in boost mode……………………….125
5.13 Waveforms of Vgs1 and Vds1 showing soft switching operation
of the main boost switch…………………………………………………...125
5.14 Waveforms of Vgsx and Vds showing soft switching operation
of the auxiliary boost switch……………………………………………….126
5.15 Waveforms of Vgs1 (lower trace) and VD1 (upper trace) in boost mode…...126
5.16 Waveforms of Vgsx (lower trace) and ilrx (upper trace) in boost mode…….127
5.17 Waveforms of Vgs1 (lower trace) and Vc (upper trace) in boost mode.…....127
5.18 Measured efficiency vs. output power in boost mode
at Vin = 100 V and Vo = 170 V……………………………………….…....128
5.19 Logical gate signal waveforms Vgs2 and Vgsy in buck mode……………....129
5.20 Logical level gate signal waveform and the real gate drive
signal waveform of the main buck switch, showing the
time delay between them…………………………………………………..129
5.21 Waveforms of Vgs2 (logical level) and Vds2 showing soft switching
operation of the main buck switch……………………………………...…130
5.22 Waveforms of Vgsy (logical level) and Vdsy …………………………...….130
5.22 Waveforms of Vds2 and VD1 in buck mode………………………………..131
5.23 Waveforms of Vgsy and ilry in buck mode………………………………....131
5.24 Measured efficiency vs. output power in buck mode at Vin =100 V
and RL = 1.5 ohm……………………………………………………….…132
5.25 Inductor Configuration #1……………………………………………...…134
5.26 Inductor Configuration #2………………………………………………...134
5.27 View highlighting the ¼ section used in the 3D FEA model of
Inductor Configuration #1………………………………………………...136
5.28 3D FEA of a ¼ model of Inductor Configuration #1 showing excessive
flux leakage and some flux localization around the central leg……..…….137
5.29 3D FEA results of Inductor Configuration #2……………………………..138
5.30 The proposed dual-coil winding configuration, Inductor
Configuration #3…………………………………………………………...140
5.31 3D FEA results of Inductor Configuration #3………………………….….141
LIST OF FIGURES xix
5.32 A photo of the inductor as built using the proposed dual-coil
winding scheme………………………………………………………..….142
6.1 The functional diagram of the new intelligent IGBT drive module….…..148
6.2 The closed-loop voltage regulation scheme………………………….…...151
6.3 Two different flyback transformer configurations………………………..152
6.4 Turn-on gate signal……………………………………………………......153
6.5 Turn-off gate signal…………………………………………………...…..153
6.6 Typical turn-on waveforms for 300A, 600V IGBTs…………………....…153
6.7 Typical turn-off waveforms for 300A, 600V IGBTs…………………..….154
6.8 The termination of the pulse following the determination of a fault
condition…………………………………………………………………..154
6.9 A photo of the intelligent high power IGBT drive module
for general applications………………………………….………………...154
6.10 Optimized gate connection configuration…………………………..……..156
7.1 Block diagram of an EV on-board battery charger……………….....…….159
7.2 Diagram and key waveforms of the ZCS boost PFC converter…….……..162
7.3 Diagram and key waveforms of the ZVS HB converter…………….….....163
7.4 Optimized charge profile…………………………………………….…….166
7.5 Circuit of the active pre-load…………………………………………..….167
7.6 Diagram of principle of constant steady-state duty cycle control…………169
7.7 Overall efficiency measurement…………………………………….……..170
7.8 Oscilloscope photograph of typical input line voltage and input
line current waveforms………………………………………………….…171
7.9 Loop gain measurement in constant current charging mode……………...171
7.10 Loop gain measurement in constant voltage charging mode……………...172
B1 Power block schematic…………………………………………………….191
B2 Gate driver schematic……………………………………..……………….192
B3 Control Schematic #1……………………………………………….…..…193
B4 Control Schematic #2……………………………………………………...194
B5 Control Schematic #3………………………………………………..…….195
B6 Control Schematic #4……………………………………………….……..196
LIST OF FIGURES xx
B7 Control Schematic #5………………………………………………….…..187
B8 Control Schematic #6……………………………………………….…..…198
B9 Control Schematic #7……………………………………………………...199
xxi
List of Tables
2.1 Analysis result of the measured typical daily drive cycles……………..…..22
2.2 Analysis results of the FUDS…………………………………………...…..24
2.3 Specifications of the NTCER EV propulsion system…………………....…29
3.1 A survey of the world's major electric vehicles (1996- )……………….......31
3.2 Main electrical specifications of the NTCER motor…………………….....32
3.3 Trigger signals for four-quadrant operations…………………………….....37
3.4 Comparison between bipolar voltage switching PWM and unipolar
voltage switching PWM………………………………………………..…...40
4.1 NTCER EV data………………………………………………….………...67
4.2 NFZBB projected performance………………………………………..……77
4.3 Specifications of Maxwell ultracapacitor PC7223………………….……...80
5.1 Comparison results of the three different inductors studied………………142
6.1 Definition of input pins of the drive module………………………………148
xxii
Table of Abbreviations
Abbreviation Meaning
3D 3-Dimensional
ACRDCLC Actively Clamped Resonant DC Link Converter
BDCM Brushless DC Motor (Machine)
BEV Battery-Powered EV
BJT Bipolar Junction Transistor
CARB California Air Resources Board
CC Constant Current
CP Constant Power
CV Constant Voltage
CWT Coaxial Winding Transformer
DCM Discontinuous Current Mode
EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility
EMF Electromagnetic Force
EMI Electromagnetic Interference
EOCC End of Charge Current
EPA Environment Protection Agency (US)
ESR Equivalent Series Resistance
EV Electric Vehicle
EVS Electric Vehicle Symposium & Exhibition (International)
FB Full-Bridge
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS xxiii
FCEV Fuel Cell Electric Vehicle
FEA Finite Element Analysis
FOC Field-Oriented Control
FUDS Federal Urban Driving Schedule (US)
GFCI Ground Fault Current Interrupter
HB Half Bridge
HEV Hybrid Electric Vehicle
IC Integrated Circuit
ICE Internal Combustion Engine
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IGBT Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
IM Induction Motor (Machine)
IPM Intelligent Power Module
LHP Left Half Plane
MCT MOS Controlled Thyristor
MOSFET Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor
NFZBB Non-Flowing Zinc-Bromine Batteries
NiCd Nickel Cadmium
NiMH Nickel-Metal Hydride
NTCER Northern Territory Center for Energy Research (Australia)
NT PAWA Northern Territory Power and Water Authority
PCB Printed Circuit Board
PI Proportional-Integral
PID Proportional-Integral-Differential
PM Permanent Magnet
PMSM Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor (Machine)
PFC Power Factor Correction
PWM Pulse Width Modulation
RC Resistor-Capacitor
RD Resistor-Diode
RHP Right Half Plane
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS xxiv
RMS Root Mean Square
SCR Silicon Controlled Rectifier
SOC State of Charge
SRM Switched Reluctance Motor (Machine)
STPU Short Term Power Unit
UC Ultracapacitor
ULEV Ultra Low Emission Vehicle
UVLO Under Voltage Lockout Protection
ZCS Zero Current Switching
ZCT Zero Current Transition
ZEV Zero Emission Vehicle
ZVS Zero Voltage Switching
ZVT Zero Voltage Transition
ZVZCS Zero-Voltage and Zero-Current Switching
1
Chapter 1
Introduction
1.1 Electric Vehicle Background
The concept of the electric vehicle (EV) was conceived in the middle 1800’s while
gasoline-powered internal combustion engine (ICE) vehicles were introduced toward
the end of the same century [1]. A competition between EVs and ICE vehicles began
following the introduction of the latter. The competition has turned out to be a
dramatic "Marathon" that is still ongoing, and more importantly, a new exciting
"turning point" is expected to come. EVs, despite being self-starting, energy-efficient,
and nonpolluting, were and are plagued by poor-range and short-lived batteries. Early
gasoline-power vehicles were capable of covering long distance but were started by
hand cranks. As a comfortable and easy-to-operate method of transportation, battery-
powered EVs were preferred by the wealthy elite and became a dominant means of
auto transportation in the early 1900's. Then EVs remained in existence side by side
with the ICE vehicles for several years. However, since an electric starter motor for
ICE vehicles was invented by Charles F. Kettering in 1911 [1], battery-powered EVs
lost the battle to ICE vehicles and had to stand by and watch the world go by while
patiently awaiting new technology. Since 1911, ICE vehicles have evolved, been
improved in design, and have become the dominant automobile. An automobile is
now an indispensable part of modern life and has contributed to the prosperity and
the economic growth of mankind.
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 2
Despite the fact that an ICE vehicle has been a very popular means of
transportation for many decades, owing to its advantages of range, refueling time,
power and the low price of the fuel, EV interest has never disappeared totally.
Whenever there has been any crisis regarding the operation of the ICE vehicle, we
have seen a renewed interest in the EV. The energy crisis in the 1970’s brought EVs
back to the streets. The most recent environmental awareness and energy concerns
have imposed, for the first time since its introduction, a serious threat to the use of
the ICE vehicles. One significant event is the 1990 California Mandate. In October
1990, the California Air Resources Board (CARB) established rules (with some
modified thereafter) that mandated 10% of all vehicles sold in California by 2004
must be zero emission vehicles (ZEVs). The California Mandate has reverberated
worldwide. Since now not only academia, but also governments and industries are
pushing EVs onto the roads. The availability of several commercial EVs is important
evidence.
1.2 Benefits of Electric Vehicles
There is a range of benefits arising from the use of EVs, which are briefly addressed
below.
1.2.1 Reduction of Urban Air Pollution and Global Warming
The most immediately apparent benefit of the use of EVs is their contribution to
reduction in pollution, both atmospheric and acoustic, especially at their points of
use. ICE vehicles have been responsible for most of the air pollution in the world’s
major cities as emissions from millions of vehicles on the road add up. ICE vehicles
also contribute to the world’s global warming. According to figures released by the
US Environment Protection Agency (EPA), conventional ICE vehicles currently
contribute 40-50% of ozone, 80-90% of carbon monoxide, and 50-60% of air toxins
found in US urban areas [2]. Two thirds of all oil consumed in US is used in the
transportation section, which results in 40% of the USA's contribution to global
warming [3].
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 3
Australia is producing the second highest greenhouse gas per capita in the world
[3]. In Australia, 21% CO2 comes from ICE vehicles. It should be noted that in
Australia, the concentration of vehicles is particularly non-uniform. Although
Australia has a very large land area, over 80% of Australians live in only a few big
cities, such as Sydney and Melbourne, and thus vehicle density in those places is very
high. This situation makes urban air pollution from ICE vehicles in Australia an
especially serious issue. Where vehicle density is high, the problems associated with
motor vehicles are severe.
In developing countries, such as China, India and Indonesia, the numbers of
automobiles have been increasing rapidly due to very large population growth and
generally fast growth of their economies. Air pollution in those areas, largely
contributed to by tremendous numbers of ICE vehicles, is already serious and is
getting worse [4].
EVs produce no pollution at the points of use and therefore are one of the
promising solutions to urban air pollution. Although generation of the required
additional electricity will increase power station emissions, it is much easier and
more efficient to control unwanted products emitted from a small number of power
stations than from millions of individual exhausts. This is especially so considering
the fact that for ICE vehicles, emission levels increase with the vehicle age. The
increased use of electricity generated from natural gas, nuclear, hydraulic power and
other renewable energy should largely reduce the demand of the electricity derived
from "polluting" coal and significantly reduce the air pollution.
1.2.2 Reduction of Dependence on Depleting Fossil Energy Sources
Another major benefit arising from the replacement of ICE vehicles by EVs is
reduction of our dependence on the depleting fossil energy sources. Road transport
depends almost completely on naturally occurring petroleum. Oil provides 40% of
the world's energy of which transport consumes 60% [5]. Throughout the world,
there is growing concern about the depletion and rising cost of the resource.
According to [4], oil is expected to last hardly for more than 100 years. The future
availability of affordable fossil fuel is definitely in question. Clearly, there is a
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 4
limited amount left to find. We should be saving our liquid fossil fuel for airplanes.
Obviously, diverse primary energy sources should be used and those that can replace
oil should be in their early development stages now.
It is very important to note that renewable energy is a commodity, just like any
other form of energy. It has a major role to play in meeting the needs of global
demand and combating the danger of global warming. Although presently renewable
energy represents only 5% of all primary energy needs, it has been predicted that this
will reach 70% by the year of 2060 [3].
1.2.3 Other Benefits
As well as the benefits of lower environmental degradation and diversified fuel
sourcing, there are other benefits of the use of EVs as listed below.
� There are advantages to the electricity supply industry arising through the load
leveling capabilities of EVs. Utilities are generally under pressure to improve
load factor to lift the utilization of efficient base load plant. EVs provide a battery
load that, to a large extent, could be charged under the control the utilities by
offering attractive off-peak rates, for example, an overnight charging rate. In
many areas the capacity for power that can be used to charge EVs in off-peak
hours already exists. No additional pollution will result from the use of that
power. The increase in total energy supplied by the utilities will provide
opportunities for developing alternative energy sources as required.
� It is a general scientific knowledge that EVs work more efficiently than ICE
vehicles do. For a conventional ICE, total energy efficiency from fuel to vehicle
traction is less than a mere 15%. Some tightly controlled best heat engines can
achieve total energy efficiency of 35-40% but only at peak power and optimum
speed [6-8].
� Reducing dependence on depleting liquid fossil energy sources through the use of
EVs should benefit economies of most of the oil-importing countries overall. It is
a well-known fact that 8 countries have 81% of all of the world's crude oil
reserves [3]. It is reasonable to assume that oil prices will increase considerably
as the limited oil sources are depleting, not to mention that an oil crisis can be
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 5
triggered and worsen by other factors, such as politics and regional conflicts.
Widespread use of EVs would allow nations to shift away from their over
reliance on foreign oil and tie the nations’ energy future to domestic, clean, and
renewable resources, benefiting the nations’ overall economy.
1.3 BEVs, HEVs and FCEVs
An electric propulsion system is described as the heart of an electric vehicle. Its
function is to interface the power source with the vehicle wheels, transferring energy
in either direction under the control of the driver. In terms of the types of EV
propulsion systems, there are three types of EVs. They are battery-powered EVs
(BEV), hybrid EVs (HEVs) and fuel cell EVs (FCEVs).
1.3.1 Battery-Powered Electric Vehicles (BEVs)
Battery-powered EVs are referred to as zero emission vehicles (ZEV) as they don't
produce pollution at the points of use, sometimes known as Pure EVs. A block
diagram of a basic BEV propulsion system is shown in Figure 1.1. It consists of
batteries, motors and motor controllers, transmission devices and wheels. It may be
desirable to directly drive wheels without a transmission.
EV propulsion systems with brake energy regeneration and local zero emission
demonstrate their best performance in typical stop-and-go city traffic with low-speed
cruising. As can be seen in the following sections, an ideal BEV propulsion system is
simpler than those of an HEV and an FCEV. Currently the main barrier to success for
BEVs is their short drive range per charge, resulting from very large, expensive and
short-lived battery packs.
B atte ry M o to r T ran sm issio n W h ee ls
Figure 1.1 Block diagram of a BEV propulsion system
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 6
1.3.2 Hybrid Electric Vehicles (HEVs)
An HEV has two or more energy conversion paths, one of which is bidirectional.
Usually it consists of a heat engine and electric converter. The heat engine may be a
piston engine or a turbine, and the electric converter consists of an electric motor and
inverter, which can be run bidirectionally either as a motor or as a generator.
Generally, an HEV has an electric energy storage device -- a battery, flywheel or
ultracapacitor-- that captures some of the energy converted from kinetic energy in
braking and stores it for use the next time the vehicle is accelerated.
In terms of the configuration of these energy sources, a series HEV and a parallel
HEV have been widely discussed [9-12]. A series hybrid is an HEV in which only
one energy converter can provide propulsion power. An ideal series HEV is shown in
Figure 1.2. The battery-powered electric motor drives the propulsion wheels, while a
downsized ICE drives a generator, the output of which is connected to the battery.
The ICE can be downsized because the battery buffers the highly variable power
demand, and the ICE needs only deliver the average power. The battery output is
controlled to determine the voltage waveform applied to the motor, and hence how
fast the motor spins, which in turn determines the vehicle speed. All propulsion
power comes from the electric motor.
B atte ry M o to r T ransm issio n W hee lsG enerato rE ng ine
Figure 1.2 Block diagram of a series HEV propulsion system
B attery M o to r
T ran sm issio n W h eelsD riveS h aft
E n g in e C lu tch
C lu tch
Figure 1.3 Block diagram of a parallel HEV propulsion system
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 7
A parallel HEV, shown in Figure 1.3, is one in which more than one energy
converter can provide propulsion power directly to the wheels. Usually a parallel
HEV runs on the electric drive in slow city traffic, on the engine when cruising at
high speed on highways, and on both when vehicle acceleration is required. Series
HEVs offer significant advantages over parallel HEVs, such as mechanical
simplicity, design flexibility and modularity allowing easier incorporation of
technological advances, except that final output power can not be shared.
HEVs can largely reduce emissions and thus is referred to as ultra low emission
vehicle (ULEV).
HEVs date far back to the earliest days of the automobile industry. Diesel
electric locomotives are series HEVs. The objective of the development of an HEV is
to overcome the problem of short travelling range associated with BEVs. So far
HEVs have demonstrated the feasibility of achieving the desired fuel economy, but
have been too complicated, too expensive, and too heavy. Now, with better
understanding of BEV technology, efforts are been made to explore whether BEV
technology can be synergistically combined with the technology of the internal
combustion engine in a cost-effective product. This product would emit much less
than the ordinary vehicle in the way of pollutants and deliver more in the way of fuel
efficiency.
1.3.3 Fuel-Cell Electric Vehicles (FCEVs)
A fuel cell reverses the process of electrolysis, in which an electric current breaks
down water into oxygen and hydrogen gas. Since the beginning of 1990s, several
automobile manufacturers have begun launching intensive R&D activities based
around the fuel cell. Fuel cells are regarded as attractive by the automobile
manufacturers because those automobile manufacturers believe that [13]:
� Fuel cells are more efficient than internal combustion engines.
� They can greatly reduce greenhouse gas emissions from road vehicles. With
hydrogen-powered fuel cells or direct methanol fuel cells one can produce
near zero emission vehicles.
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 8
� They don't suffer from drawbacks of battery powered EVs, such as short
range and short-lived batteries.
� They are virtually maintenance free.
� They are suitable for mass-production, and no expensive metals except for
platinum are used.
Figure 1.4 shows one configuration of FCEV drive system. In this concept,
methanol liquid which is a relatively low-cost by-product of waste materials and does
not need special safety measures, is converted into hydrogen via an on-board water-
vapor reformation process. In turn, the hydrogen gas is then fed into the fuel cells
where it reacts with atmospheric oxygen to produce the electrical energy that powers
the vehicle. The process gives near-zero emission levels and eliminates the need for
the bulky hydrogen tanks or heavy batteries previously required. In terms of driving
dynamics and travelling range, this hydrogen-powered car is on a par with
conventional petrol and diesel-powered vehicles [14].
However, many technical and economical obstacles remain on the path to
produce a fuel cell vehicle [14]:
� It is not entirely sure that FCEVs really "work" in the fuel economic,
technological and social sense.
� Can FCEVs be produced at commercially acceptable costs?
� There is no general consensus about which fuel should be used.
� There is as of yet no distribution infrastructure for methanol or compressed
hydrogen.
F ue lC e lls
M o to r T ransm issio n W hee lsW ate r-vapo rR e fo rm atio n
M eth ano lL iq u id
Figure 1.4 Block diagram of a FCEV propulsion system
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 9
1.3.4 A Few Important Notes
� Many different alternatives to ICE vehicles, BEVs, HEVs and FCEVs, seem
possible at this stage.
� Development of each EV technology, BEV, HEV and FCEV, is beneficial to
the other two. For example, an ultracapacitor bank can be used for BEVs,
HEVs and FCEVs to achieve good performance of acceleration and
deceleration, and a small fuel cell can be used as a range extender for a BEV.
Progress of development of different EV technologies, BEV, HEV and
FCEV, should eventually lead to the best solution to problems associated with
ICE vehicles.
� The most important fact is that no matter which of EVs, HEVs, or FCEVs
ultimately dominate, all of them employ electric motors to drive the vehicles.
Electric drives and their power electronics for vehicle propulsions deserve
more investment in research and development.
1.4 EV Research Project at the Northern Territory Centre
for Energy Research
The Northern Territory Center for Energy Research (NTCER) at Northern Territory
University is currently undertaking a wide range of R&D projects in the area of
renewable energy and power electronics, including an electric vehicle research
project, NTCER EV, supported by the Northern Territory Power and Water Authority
(NT PAWA) in Darwin, and an Australian Research Council grant. The goal of this
EV project is to modify an existing ICE vehicle to produce a short range, commuter
EV. This type of vehicle has many applications in the Darwin region where the
terrain is flat and the distances to cover are short. In particular the NT PAWA is
interested in using NTCER EV in their fleet of vehicles used by personnel who
record readings on power meters. Other interests already shown for the NTCER EV
are for parking inspectors, for general commuter use, and for demonstration.
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 10
This research concentrates on, but is not limited to, the development of the
NTCER EV. The technologies developed in this research are also valuable for
general EV applications, and even wider applications [15-23].
The NTCER EV project has been divided into two phases. Most of the technical
outcomes of the Phase 1 project are presented in this thesis. Phase 2 will see the
refinement and adjustment of the chosen technique, an increase in power, and in-
vehicle experimental trials. These are further work, and therefore are not included in
this thesis.
1.5 Contributions and Outline of the Thesis
Energy and power control strategies in EV propulsion remain a substantial research
topic which require more investigation, and power electronics plays a key role in EV
development. This thesis studies the control strategies and power electronics for the
NTCER EV. Many of the technologies discussed can be used in more general
applications. The following describes the contributions and outlines of this thesis.
Chapter 2 presents the analysis of measured data on daily drive cycles obtained
from an ICE meter-reading vehicle. To understand the expected travel profile of the
NTCER EV and its expected operating performance, a data logging system was
developed and installed on an ICE meter-reading vehicle to measure the daily drive
cycles of the vehicle. The obtained drive cycle data were closely examined and
analyzed, and much meaningful data, in terms of drive range, average speed, top
speed, acceleration rate, braking frequency and ratio, etc., were obtained. The
measured drive cycle data and its analysis provide a basis for the EV propulsion
system design. The analysis results were also compared with the (US) Federal Urban
Driving Schedule (FUDS). It has been concluded that the NTCER EV is similar to a
typical urban EV, making the NTCER EV research more generally applicable.
Chapter 3 discusses several advanced control techniques for BDCMs, with
emphasis on EV applications.
Firstly, the impact of PWM strategies and commutation schemes on the
performance of BDCMs is explored. A comparison between bipolar voltage
switching PWM and unipolar voltage switching PWM is made and selection criteria
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 11
are given. Two solutions are proposed to the phase current distortion problem of
BDCMs in regeneration mode. One is a combination of unipolar voltage switching
PWM, bipolar voltage switching PWM and a six-step commutation scheme, and the
other is a twelve-step commutation scheme. It is concluded that the former is a better
control scheme for the EV propulsion system in terms of efficiency, rectangularity of
phase current waveforms and circuitry simplicity.
Secondly, several techniques for speed extension and constant power operation
of BDCMs are discussed. Those include flux weakening, advancing the phase angle
of the excitation transition points, mechanically varying the air gap of the motor, and
the voltage boosting method. Of those, the proposed voltage boosting method has
distinct advantages.
Thirdly, two different current control methods of BDCMs at speeds above the
motor base speed, when using a boost converter for speed extension of the BDCMs,
are studied. Control system stability analysis in the s-plane when using the two
different methods is presented. A clear conclusion is arrived at.
Finally, this chapter studies the control of regeneration current of BDCMs when
the motor speeds are above the base speed. This is a well-known difficult issue in
BDCM control. An effective control method is proposed.
In Chapter 4, the power and energy requirements for the NTCER EV propulsion
system are analyzed. After an overview of EV batteries, it is concluded that none of
the currently available EV batteries can ideally meet EV requirements in terms of
power density, energy density, lifecycle and cost. Accordingly, a novel energy and
power management scheme has been proposed. The proposed energy and power
management scheme employs the newly developed non-flowing zinc-bromine battery
(NFZBB) and ultracapacitors (UCs). NFZBBs are optimized for specific energy, low
cost and long life. Ultracapacitors featuring high power density and long life are used
to complement the NFZBB to achieve good acceleration performance at low speeds.
Combining the two different types of energy storage can optimize the EV propulsion
system to achieve high energy for drive range, high power for good acceleration
performance, long lifetime, and low cost.
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 12
The overall power control characteristic of the EV propulsion system, resulting
from the combination of the constant power control scheme above the motor base
speed, seen in Chapter 3, and the short-term power assist scheme, discussed in
Chapter 4, is presented. This maximum torque – speed envelope is similar to the
conventional torque-speed characteristic of an internal combustion engine plus
transmission. That is, the propulsion system provides high torque at low speeds and
lower torque at high speeds, with which human beings are familiar.
Both the short-term power assist scheme at low speeds and the constant power
control scheme at speeds above the base speed require a bidirectional dc-dc
converter. Instead of using two separate dc-dc converters, which will add
considerable complexity and cost to the propulsion system, a novel multifunctional
dc-dc converter has been proposed. It adds only three components to a simple
conventional bidirectional dc-dc converter and can implement all the functions
required by the overall energy/power management scheme. The operational principle
and the control rules of the multifunctional dc-dc converter are presented in detail.
Chapter 5 discusses two main topics. Firstly it covers the development of the
soft-switched multifunctional dc-dc converter. After an evaluation of various soft-
switching techniques, zero voltage transition (ZVT) soft switching technique is
chosen for the multifunctional dc-dc converter. The ZVT dc-dc converter has
minimum switching loss resulting in high efficiency, reduced electromagnetic
interference (EMI), and improved reliability for the power devices in the dc-dc
converter. Another important feature of the ZVT dc-dc converter is that no additional
switching voltage and current stress are imposed on the power devices, and the
capability of bidirectional operation of the basic dc-dc converter remains. Simulation
results are presented and verified by the measurement results of the built ZVT dc-dc
converter. The measured efficiency of the ZVT dc-dc converter is above 96%.
Secondly, it presents a novel design of a high power, ferrite cored inductor. At
high power levels, due to the large dimensions of ferrite cores and air gaps, the
influence of leakage flux and fringing flux on the inductor design becomes
significant, which is difficult to accurately predict. With conventional design of high
power ferrite cored inductors, difficulty exists in achieving a satisfactory overall
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 13
performance. A novel design for high power ferrite cored inductors employing a
dual-coil or distributed winding scheme is proposed by the author to combat the
problems. Results from both 3-Dimension (3D) finite element analysis (FEA) and
measurement verify the viability of the novel design for high power inductors. The
proposed inductor design allows better optimization by reducing the localization of
saturation and leakage flux, or EMI levels, achieving good utilization of the magnetic
cores.
In Chapter 6, a new intelligent gate drive module for high power IGBTs is
presented. The intelligent functions of this module include under voltage lockout
protection and overcurrent protection with fault status annunciation. The module
contains dual drivers which make it especially suitable for phase leg drive, and
outputs bipolar signals so that the “off” status of the IGBT is ensured when the IGBT
is required to be “off”. It needs only a unipolar dc supply due to the built-in, well-
regulated, and isolated floating power supply. This module features high current
capacity, powerful functions, high performance, wide application, and convenience
of use, and is suitable for high power applications such as in EV drives. The detailed
functions, operation, performance, and practical application issues are addressed.
Chapter 7 presents the development of a soft-switched on-board EV battery
charger with unity power factor. Guidelines for the selection of a suitable power
stage topology and soft-switching technique in EV on-board battery chargers is
given. An optimized charge profile is presented which prolongs the battery life while
maintaining the feature of fast charge. The steady-state duty cycle of the charger's dc-
dc converter is kept close to 45% to help achieve high efficiency in the charger. A
novel active pre-load with minimized power rate ensures that the battery will be fully
charged and also protects the charger on open load. The value of these techniques has
been verified by measurement results from a constructed on-board battery charger for
EV applications, which employs a ZCS boost PFC converter and an asymmetrically
controlled ZVS-HB dc-dc converter in cascade.
Chapter 8 summarizes the outcomes of this research and recommends further
work to be done.
14
Chapter 2
Data Logging from an ICE Vehicle andthe Data Analysis
2.1 Design of a Data Logger for Collection of Vehicle
Drive Cycle Data
To determine the existing vehicle acceleration performance, the drive range required,
and the energy used, a data-logging system was developed and installed on a meter-
reading vehicle, currently a conventional 5-speed ICE vehicle.
Figure 2.1 shows the block diagram of the data logger system. It consists of an
installed vehicle speed sensor, a relay, a Datataker DT-500 – a data acquisition
instrument manufactured by Data Electronics (Aust.) Pty Ltd, a host computer for
programming the Datataker and data loading, and uses the vehicle's brake switch,
ignition switch and battery.
2.1.1 Data Acquisition
The Datataker DT-500 is a microprocessor based intelligent data acquisition
instrument able to monitor, record and raise alarms for a wide variety of physical
parameters including temperature, pressure, flow rates, counts, events, etc [24]. It is
operated in conjunction with a host computer, which is used to enter commands and
programs, to read the data returned after the input channels are scanned. It has 10
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 15
H ighS peed
C ou n ters
C 1
D ig ita lI/O
D 1
D 2
G N D
R em ovab leR A M C ard
M ic ro-P rocessor
64 180
R S 232C O M M S(Iso la ted )
H ost C om pu ter
D T -500
In sta lledS peedS ensor
A C /D C
V eh ic leB rakeS w itch
R elay
V eh ic leIgn it ionS w itch
V eh ic leB attery
12 V
Figure 2.1 Functional diagram of hardware setup of the data logger system
differential or 30 single ended analog input channels, 4 digital input/output channels,
and 3 high-speed counters.
The Datataker can be supervised by a host computer. Communicating between
the Datataker and the host computer is done through an RS232 serial interface. An
application software package, DeCipher, is written specifically for supervising and
programming the Datataker. The Datataker is also capable of operating off line,
acquiring data into the memory for later recovery once it is programmed by the host.
This function is very useful here since the data logging is conducted with the
instrument placed in a moving vehicle and it is desirable that there is no involvement
of a host computer and human intervention while the vehicle is on duty.
Analog and digital input signals are converted to data in ASCII format, suitable
for reading directly into the host via the RS232 serial interface. The scanning of the
analog and digital input channels is at intervals of 1 second. All the scan data is
returned from the Datataker in standard ASCII character strings, and then imported
into spreadsheets for analysis.
The internal battery backed data storage memory of the Datataker is 64 Kbytes,
which is not big enough for this application. Thus, the data storage capacity is
extended by a plug-in memory card.
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 16
2.1.2 The Physical Parameters Measured
Figure 2.2 shows a photograph of the data logger. The following data was measured
and logged:
� Vehicle velocity vs. time;
� Brake application and release vs. time;
� Time of start and finish of each engine run.
(1) Vehicle velocity
To measure the vehicle velocity, tail shaft revolutions per second were measured by
using a Hall Effect sensor with a magnet attached to the front universal joint on the
tail shaft. The differential ratio and tire revolutions per kilometer were applied to this
data to obtain the vehicle's velocity according to Equation 2.1.
Velocity = (Pulses/second)*(Tire circumference)*3.6/(Differential ratio) (2.1)
(2) Application and release of the brake
The application and release of the brakes were obtained by sensing the voltage
applied to the brake lamp circuit of the vehicle.
Figure 2.2 A photograph of the data logging equipment
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 17
(3) The start and finish of each run
The start and finish of each engine run was obtained by using the vehicle's ignition
system to switch the data logger on and off.
2.2 Typical Drive Cycles of a Meter-Reading Vehicle
The ICE meter-reading vehicle alternates between two different types of route. Firstly
there is a domestic route which encompasses driving to the appropriate suburbs,
usually along a highway at high speeds, followed by short, slow driving between
domestic streets. In residential areas, the driver stops the vehicle and walks to read
meters from house to house. Figure 2.3 to Figure 2.5 show the daily drive cycles for
the domestic route for three days, including charts of both speed vs. time, and
applications of brake vs. time.
The second type is a commercial route, in contrast, which requires driving to the
location, parking the vehicle and walking to measure the meters from business to
business. In this type of route, the driver usually leaves the engine on while reading
meters, to maintain air-conditioning. Figure 2.6 shows the charts of both speed vs.
time and applications of brake vs. time for a typical daily commercial route.
It should be noted that in all the graphs of braking vs. time, data for braking
while the vehicle was not moving were excluded.
2.3 Analysis of the Measured Drive Cycles
2.3.1 Comparison between the Obtained Drive Cycle and the FUDS
Spreadsheet calculations on the obtained drive cycles of the meter-reading vehicle
have resulted in much meaningful data, as shown in Table 2.1. They are illustrated
below.
It is shown that the average speeds are quite low and the engine idling time
accounts for a considerable portion of the engine-on time, 18.4% on average, and up
to 41% in the case of the commercial route. That is, the ICE vehicle spends much of
the time idling, its most inefficient and most polluting mode. In contrast, even if an
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 18
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Time (s)
Spe
ed (
km/h)
(a)
1 - application of brake; 0 - release of brake
0
1
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
Time (s)
Bra
king
(b)
Figure 2.3 Drive cycle of the domestic route, Jan-20, 1999(a) Speed vs. time
(b) Braking vs. time
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 19
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Time (s)
Spe
ed (
km/h
)
(a)
1 - application of brake; 0 - release of brake
0
1
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
Time (s)
Bra
king
(b)
Figure 2.4 Drive cycle of the domestic route, Jan-21, 1999(a) Speed vs. time
(b) Braking vs. time
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 20
020406080
100120
0 2000 4000 6000 8000
Time (s)
Spe
ed (
km/h
)
(a)
1 - application of brake; 0 - re lease of brake
0
1
0 2000 4000 6000 8000
Time (s )
Bra
king
(b)
Figure 2.5 Drive cycle of the domestic route, Feb-02, 1999(a) Speed vs. time
(b) Braking vs. time
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 21
020
4060
80100
120
0 5000 10000 15000
Time (s)
Spe
ed (
km/h)
(a)
1 - applica tion of brake ; 0 - re lease of brake
0
1
0 5000 10000 15000
Time (s )
Bra
king
(b)
Figure 2.6 Typical daily drive cycle of the commercial route, Jan-25, 1999(a) Speed vs. time
(b) Braking vs. time
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 22
Table 2.1 Analysis result of the measured typical daily drive cycles
DomesticRouteJan-20
DomesticRouteJan-21
DomesticRouteFeb-02
CommercialRouteJan-25
Average
Number ofbraking
189 162 140 454
Total brakingtime (s)
786 351 565 1616
Total vehiclemoving time (s)
8066 3665 5461 8242
Total engine-ontime (s)
9279 4351 6126 14059
Idling time (s) 1213 1189 665 5817Braking timeover vehiclemoving time
9.7% 9.6% 10.3% 19.6% 12.3%
Idling timeover engine-ontime
13.1% 8.1% 10.9% 41.4% 18.4%
Drivingdistance (km)
108.7 54.7 73 73.3 77.4
Average speed(km/h)
48.5 53.7 48.1 31.8 45.5
electric vehicle, when stopped, needs to provide power to air conditioning, it does not
generate pollution and its efficiency is much higher than an ICE vehicle.
It is also shown that braking was performed quite frequently. The ratio of the
braking time over the vehicle moving time was very high, 12.3% on average, and up
to 19.6% in the case of the commercial route. This implies that a large amount of
regenerative braking energy is available when an EV is used.
In conventional vehicles, the mechanical energy produced while braking a
moving car is dissipated by friction between the rubbing surface of the brakes, with
the creation of heat energy as the result. The idea behind regenerative braking is to
recover the energy lost in braking or deceleration and then reuse it to accelerate.
During deceleration or when travelling downhill, the EV propulsion motor can be
operated as a generator to charge batteries or other energy storage devices through
regenerative braking.
Recovery of braking energy can significantly contribute to the energy saving and
consequently the extension of the drive range, which will be explored in the later
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 23
chapters. The data obtained have confirmed that the meter-reading vehicle is a typical
electric vehicle application, in this respect.
From the drive cycles shown previously it can be seen that the meter-reading
vehicle needs to start and stop very often. This suggests high peak power demands
during quick accelerations, while the average power usage when cruising is much
lower. Based on this characteristic, a novel energy and power management scheme
which employs a power assist unit to load level the EV batteries for vehicle
performance optimization and cost reduction has been proposed, as will be presented
in Chapter 4.
It is interesting to compare the obtained drive cycles of the meter-reading vehicle
which we obtained with the (United States) Federal Urban Driving Schedule (FUDS).
Figure 2.7 shows the profile of speed vs. time of the FUDS. It can be found that a
great similarity exists between the FUDS and the drive cycles of the meter-reading
vehicle. They both have "stop-and-go" characteristics, that is, the vehicles run mostly
in town at low speeds with many starts and stops, and run at high speeds on the
highway for some time.
Spreadsheet analysis of the FUDS was further carried out to provide quantitative
comparison between the driving cycles of the meter-reading vehicle and the FUDS.
Table 2.2 shows some numbers resulting from analysis of the FUDS. The ratio of
0
20
40
60
80
100
0 500 1000 1500
Time (s)
Spe
ed (
km/h
)
Figure 2.7 The Federal Urban Driving Schedule (FUDS)
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 24
Table 2.2 Analysis results of the FUDS
Total vehicle moving time (s) 1112
Total engine-on time (s) 1374
Idling time (s) 262
Idling time over engine-on time 19.1%
Average speed (km/h) 38.6
Maximum speed (km/h) 90.1
Maximum acceleration rate (m/s²) 1.60
Maximum deceleration rate (m/s²) -1.47
vehicle idling time over engine-on time is as high as 19.1%, which emphasizes the
"stop-and-go" characteristics. While the maximum speed is 90.1 km/h, the average
speed on the FUDS is only 38.6 km/h. These numbers are very similar to those of the
drive cycles of the meter-reading vehicle. It was not possible to get real data on
braking from the FUDS. However, a maximum acceleration rate of 1.6m/s² and a
maximum deceleration rate of –1.47 m/s² on the FUDS were extracted. These rates
will be part of the design basis in setting up the specifications of the NTCER EV
propulsion system.
In short, the comparison between the drive cycles of the meter-reading vehicle
and the FUDS has indicated that the NTCER EV will be similar to a typical urban
EV. Therefore, the research on this NTCER EV will have significance for general
application EVs.
2.3.2 Acceleration Rates
Acceleration performance is one of the most important performance criteria of a
vehicle and has significant impact on propulsion system design, such as in
determining the maximum power of the vehicle. From the drive cycles obtained from
the meter-reading vehicle, many accelerations from rest to the peak speed and back to
zero, or to a low speed were collected. They were grouped according to terminal
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 25
velocity. Data from every individual acceleration were closely examined and all of
them were averaged to provide more practical data.
2.3.2.1 0-60 km/h Acceleration Data
Particular attention was paid to acceleration rates up to 60km/h, as they are of most
concern in urban driving. The average acceleration vs. time to 60 km/h (16.7 m/s) is
shown in Figure 2.8. It can be seen that, it took, on average, about 14 seconds to
reach 60 km/h from rest.
The average acceleration vs. achieved speed, up to 60 km/h is shown in Figure
2.9. Variation of acceleration rates due to the change of gears can be clearly observed
in the chart.
An electric vehicle potentially can have better acceleration performance than an
ICE vehicle. This is because a properly designed electric motor employed in an EV
for propulsion has linear torque-current characteristics. Theoretically, as long as
motor currents are large enough, satisfactory acceleration performance can be
achieved. The targeted acceleration performance is 0-60 km/h (0-16.7 m/s) in 9
seconds, which is better than the measured ICE vehicle acceleration performance.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14
Time (s)
Spe
ed (
m/s
)
Avg speed Jan 20
Ave speed Jan21
Ave speed Jan 25
Avg speed Feb 02
Average speed
1st Gear 2nd Gear
Target - 60km/h (16.7m/s) in 9 seconds Extended part
Figure 2.8 Average speed vs. time to 60 km/h - all routes
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 26
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16
Speed (m/s)
Acc
eler
atio
n (m
/s²)
AverageAcceleration
1st Gear
Gea
r C
hang
e
2nd Gear
Required acceleration to obtain 60km/h in 9 seconds (1.85m/s²)
3rd Gear
Gea
r C
hang
e
Figure 2.9 Average acceleration vs. achieved speed up to 60 km/h - all routes
Practically, the maximum motor current will be limited by several factors, such as the
maximum current capability of the batteries
and the EV power electronics. These will be discussed in the following chapters.
2.3.2.2 0-80 km/h Acceleration Data
0-80 km/h acceleration data were also obtained, as shown in Figure 2.10 and Figure
2.11. It should be stated that accelerations from rest directly to 80 km/h or higher
speed do not occur very often. Accelerations to 80 km/h often start from a lower
cruising speed.
2.3.3 Frequencies of Acceleration to Different Speeds
Numbers of accelerations to different achieved speeds were counted and the results
are shown in Figure 2.12. It is very interesting to notice that most of accelerations
performed were at low speed range. 76% of all accelerations from rest are up to
speeds of 35 km/h or less. The speed profile on the FUDS in Figure 2.8 reflects a
similar feature, although some differences exist in terms of speeds to which the
vehicle accelerates from rest. The design of an acceleration assist unit will be based
on this fact.
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 27
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
0 5 10 15 20 25
Speed (m/s)
Acc
eler
atio
n (m
/s²)
Gea
r C
hang
e
Gea
r ch
ange
Gea
r ch
ange
1st Gear 2nd Gear 3rd Gear
Figure 2.10 Average acceleration vs. achieved speed up to 80 km/h - all routes
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
Time (s)
Acc
eler
atio
n (m
/s²) Ave Acc Jan 20
Ave Acc Jan 25
Ave Acc Feb 02
Average Acceleration
Figure 2.11 Average acceleration vs. time to 80 km/h - all routes
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 28
92 91
46
24
12 10
58
0
140
<20 20-25 26-30 31-35 36-40 41-45 >45
Speed Range (km/h)
Fre
quen
cies
27.6% 27.3%
13.8%
7.2%
3.6% 3.0%
17.4%
68.8%
76.0%
55%27.6%
Figure 2.12 Histogram of terminal velocity after acceleration from standstill - all routes
2.3.4 The Average Speed and the Maximum Speed
The average speed of the meter-reading vehicle was 45 km/h across the day,
excluding time when the vehicle was stopped. Although the maximum speed of the
meter-reading vehicle reached 100 km/h occasionally, speeds on most of the roads in
Darwin region are actually limited to 80km per hour. Because the need to provide
some margin for traffic condition, it is reasonable to design the maximum speed of
the meter-reading EV at 90 km/h, which is about the maximum speed on FUDS.
2.4 Specifications of the NTCER EV Propulsion System
Through data logging from the ICE meter-reading vehicle and data analysis, the
mission that the NTCER EV is intended to achieve has been well understood. Based
on this, appropriate specifications for the NTCER EV have been set up, as shown in
Table 2.3. The NTCER EV should provide better acceleration and much better
efficiency than an ICE meter-reading vehicle, as well as the benefits stated in Chapter
1. As indicated in the above analysis, the obtained meter-reading vehicle drive cycles
are similar to typical urban drive profiles, such as the FUDS. Therefore, the NTCER
EV will also be suitable for use as a city commuter car.
CHAPTER 2 DATA LOGGING FROM AN ICE VEHICLE AND THE DATA ANALYSIS 29
Table 2.3 Specifications of the NTCER EV propulsion system
Symbol Description Value
� Vehicle average speed 45 km/h (12.5 m/s)�m Vehicle top speed 90 km/h (25 m/s)�_3% Speed at 3% grade 70 km/h (19.4 m/s)�_6% Speed at 6% grade 50 km/h (13.9 m/s)
a Vehicle acceleration 1.85 m/s²(0-60 km/h in 9 seconds)
2.5 Review
To understand the expected travel profile of the NTCER EV and its expected
operating performance, a data logging system was developed and installed on an ICE
meter-reading vehicle to measure the daily drive cycles of the vehicle. The obtained
drive cycle data were closely examined and analyzed, and much meaningful data, in
terms of drive range, average speed, top speed, acceleration rate, braking frequency
and ratio, etc were obtained. The measured drive cycle data and its analysis provide a
basis for the EV propulsion system design. The analysis results were also compared
with the (US) Federal Urban Driving Schedule (FUDS). It has been concluded that
the NTCER EV will be similar to a typical urban EV, making the NTCER EV more
generally applicable.
30
Chapter 3
Several Advanced Control Technologiesin Permanent Magnet Brushless DCMotor Drives
3.1 Permanent Magnet Brushless DC Motors (BDCM) for
EV Propulsion
As with general-purpose variable speed systems, EV electric propulsion systems
described as the heart of EVs have recently experienced evolution from brushed DC
motor drives to AC motor drives. All the EVs exhibited at EVS-14 (1997), EVS-15
(1998) and EVS-16 (1999) employed AC motor drives except the SAXO from
CITRÖEN, France, which is still using a brushed DC motor drive. This evolution is
because of the problems with brush structures and recent rapid development of AC
motors and power electronics technologies. R&D efforts have been applied to three
main types of AC motors, induction motors (IM), permanent magnet brushless dc
motors (BDCM) and switched reluctance motors (SRM). A recent survey of the
world major electric vehicles (Table 3.1) shows that IMs and BDCMs have been used
in EVs by major EV makers and no use of SRMs [25], though some researchers have
claimed that SRMs are suitable for EV propulsion [26]. More research has been
conducted to find out which of the three types of the motor is best suited to EVs but
no clear conclusions have been reached [2, 25, 27-32]. Probably it is still too early
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
31
Table 3.1 A survey of the world's major electric vehicles (1996- )
Motor BatteryCompany Model Type Power
kWType Voltage
V
TopSpeedkm/h
Accel
km/h/s
Range
kmSeats Note
GM EV-1car
IM 100 LeadAcid
128 128 0-96/9
112~144
2
Ford RangerEV
IM 67 LeadAcid
312 120 0-80/12.5
92 2
Chrysler EPICminivan
IM 73.5 LeadAcid
128 0-96/9
96 5
Honda EVPLUS
car
PM 49 Ni-MH
288 130 0-96/17.7
150 4
Nissan Altra EVminivan
PM 62 Li-lon 120 0-80/12
200 4
Toyota RAV4-EV
sportsunility
PM 49 Ni-MH
110 0-96/17
200 5
Toyota Priuscar
PM 30 Ni-MH
5 HEV
* Luciolemini car
PM 36x2 LeadAcid
224 150 0-40/4.3
140 2
Fiat SeicentoElecttra
car
IM 15-30 LeadAcid
216 100 0-50/8
90 4
VolksWagen
GOLFIV
conceptcar
IM 52.5-150
LeadAcid
336 0-96/7.8
112 4
Volvo FL6truck
IM 65-185x2
Ni-Cd
216 90 15-20 HEV
ZYTEK ELISEsports car
PM 75x2 Ni-MH
300 144 0-144/11.2
192
Solectria Forcecar
PM 42 Ni-MH
180 112 0-80/18
168 4
CITRÖEN
SAXOcar
DC 11-20 Ni-MH
120 90 0-50/8.3
80 4
Renault Nextcar
PM 7x2 Ni-MH
148-167
HEV
Daimler-Benz
ELECTRO-VITO
108Evan
IM 40 Na-NiCI
2
280 120 120-170
to make such a conclusion, and more likely, different types of motor may best suit
EVs with different specifications and applications.
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
32
The NTCER EV propulsion system employs an axial flux permanent magnet
brushless dc motor developed by the NTCER. This is believed to be a good choice
for a number of reasons. Firstly, the availability and decreasing price of rare earth
permanent magnet materials with high energy product have been bringing the cost of
BDCMs down, and the availability of high-speed, low-cost MOSFETs and IGBTs
has lowered converter costs significantly. Therefore the cost of the whole BDCM
drive system compares favorably with brushed dc drive systems while offering
significant benefits in the area of reliability, ruggedness, and efficiency. Secondly,
compared to an induction motor, the BDCM offers the advantages of high power
density and high efficiency, reducing weight and giving longer driving range for a
given battery size.
In addition, the axial flux geometry of the motor has substantial advantages over
the more common radial flux machine for two reasons [33]. First, the aspect ratio can
fit comfortably into a wheel if so desired, and there are significant volume saving
over the more usual radial flux geometry, for which much of the internal volumetric
of the rotor does not contribute to power output. This advantage of volume efficiency
is very important for the implementation of the advanced in-wheel drives (or direct
drives) which are superior to the traditional geared drive trains. Second, a technique
for flux weakening that relies on mechanical adjustment of the air gap, and which
does not impinge significantly on the efficiency, becomes possible. Table 3.2 shows
the main electrical specifications of the motor, and Figure 3.1 shows a photograph
Table 3.2 Main electrical specifications of the NTCER motor
Type 3-Phase permanent magnet brushlessNumber of Poles 12Rated Voltage 180 VRated Power (continuous) 10 kWMaximum Speed 3000 rpmRated Torque 30 NmFlux Type TrapezoidalPhase Resistance 13.1 mohmPhase Inductance 91 mHEfficiency 96%
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
33
Figure 3.1 A photograph of the NTCER motor disassembled
of the motor, disassembled. The first version of this motor, used in NTCER solar
racing car, "Desert Rose", in 1993 World Solar Challenge, received the General
Motors Technical Innovation Award [33].
3.2 An Overview of a BDCM Drive System and its Control
A BDCM is similar in construction to a permanent magnet synchronous machine
(PMSM). The difference between them is that the former has trapezoidal flux and
current waveforms, while those of the latter are sinusoidal. Since the trapezoidal flux
waveform results in a higher average magnetization of the magnetic material of the
machine with a factor of round 1.3, there is an increase in the utilization of this
material resulting in increase of power density [34-36]. In addition, BDCMs use
concentrated windings as opposed to the distributed windings of PMSMs. The use of
concentrated winding patterns in conjunction with trapezoidal flux patterns result in a
trapezoidal induced back EMF waveform across each phase winding.
Figure 3.2 shows ideal back EMF waveforms and current waveforms of a
BDCM. At any time, only two motor phases carry currents and the current of the
third phase is forced to zero. Each phase conducts 120 electrical degrees and
commutation takes place every 60�. This is known as Six-Step Commutation or Six-
Step Control.
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
34
ea
ec
eb
180 °120 °60°0°-1 80° -6 0°
i a
i b
i c
-1 20°
(a)
ea
ec
eb
1 80 °1 20 °6 0°0 °-1 8 0° -6 0 °
i a
i b
i c
-1 2 0°
(b)
Figure 3.2 Ideal back EMF waveforms and current waveforms of a BDCM:(a) motoring mode, (b) braking mode
Figure 3.3 shows a functional BDCM drive system with closed-loop torque
control. The motor is star-connected so that it requires only six power devices. The
active power switches can be any type of power semiconductor switches that can be
turned on and off from control terminals, such as MOSFETs, IGBTs and MCTs. The
primary function of an EV controller is torque control and therefore, a typical EV
propulsion is a closed-loop torque control system. The driver gives current
commands through accelerator and brake pedals. The motor speed is open loop
controlled according to the driver's commands. When a “Cruise Control” function,
which is optional in vehicle designs, is required, a closed loop speed control system
with an inner current loop can be employed, as shown in Figure 3.4, where the speed
error is used to control the torque.
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
35
AB
C
S1 S3
S4S2
S5
S6
M
C om m u tationLog ic
G a te D rivers
P ositionS en sor
A /B /C
A /B /C
S1 ~ S6
A n a logu eS w itch es &O p -A m p s
H ysteresisC on tro ller
Im o to r
Ire f(T orq u e C om m an d )
V bat t C bu s
Figure 3.3 A BDCM drive system with closed-loop torque control
AB
C
S1 S3
S4S2
S5
S6
MV bat t
C om m utationLog ic
G ate D rivers
P ositionS en sor
A /B /C
A /B /C
S1 ~ S6
A na logueS w itch es &O p-A m p s
H ysteresisC on tro ller
Im o to rF /V
C onverter
+
V ref
(Sp eed C om m an d)
Iref
P IC on tro ller -
M oto r S peed
Cbus
Figure 3.4 A BDCM drive system with double-closed-loop control
Directing current into and out of the three phase stator windings is determined
by rotor position. Rotor position information is obtained from a simple Hall-effect
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
36
rotor position sensor or an indirect position sensor [22, 37-40]. The amplitudes of the
currents are proportional to the desired torque.
Modern electric drives and power supplies always operate in switched mode.
Popular methods of switching modulation include Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)
using a ramp comparison technique, Hysteresis Band Modulation, Delta Modulation,
etc. [41-45]. The regulation of the motor currents can be achieved through the control
of the duty cycle. For the Hysteresis Band Modulation and Delta Modulation,
switching frequency is not constant.
The ramp comparison technique where the current error acts as the modulating
wave and a triangle waveform acts as the carrier wave, has the advantage of limiting
the maximum inverter switching frequency to the triangle waveform frequency and
producing well-defined harmonics. However, this method has its shortcomings.
Multiple crossing of the ramp may become a problem when the time rate of change
of the current error exceeds that of the ramp.
Hysteresis current control is the simplest and most extensively used method. The
hysteresis comparator is used to impose a dead band or hysteresis around the
reference current. This scheme provides excellent dynamic performance since it acts
very quickly. An inherent peak current limiting capability is also provided. The
operation of the current loop is absolutely stable, as the actual current always follows
the current command. The main disadvantage of hysteresis current control with a
fixed hysteresis band is that the switching frequency varies with both motor speeds
and bus voltage. For applications where varying switching frequency is undesirable,
an adaptive hysteresis band current control PWM technique [44] or a switching
frequency feedback technique [46] can be adopted to effectively overcome this
disadvantage.
Four-quadrant operation of the BDCM, that is forward motoring, forward
braking, reverse motoring and reverse braking is achievable, based on the current
command, the motor revolution direction command, and the rotor position. Table 3.3
shows the required trigger signals for all switches, for four-quadrant operations of
BDCMs.
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
37
Table 3.3 Trigger signals for four-quadrant operations
Activated DevicesRotor PositionSignals Forward Direction Reverse Direction
A B C Motoring Braking Motoring Braking0 0 1 S2 S5 S6 S1 S6 S2
0 1 1 S5 S4 S6 S6 S3 S4
0 1 0 S4 S1 S2 S3 S2 S4
1 1 0 S1 S6 S2 S2 S5 S6
1 0 0 S6 S3 S4 S5 S4 S6
1 0 1 S3 S2 S4 S4 S1 S2
A dedicated inverter was successfully developed for NTCER solar car drive with
a maximum efficiency of 98.8% [22]. With some modification, mainly power, this
inverter can be used for this EV propulsion.
3.3 Impacts of Different PWM Strategies and
Commutation Schemes on Performance of BDCMs
Both PWM strategies and commutation schemes can have impacts on the
performance of BDCMs. They will be addressed in this section.
3.3.1 PWM with Bipolar Voltage Switching vs. PWM with Unipolar
Voltage Switching
For simplicity, a full-bridge dc motor drive system is used to model the BDCM drive
system in each 60� interval, shown in Figure 3.5. This modeling is valid, as only two
A
Sap
San
V d Cbus
Ea
B
Sap
Sbn
L aRa
Figure 3.5 Using a full-bridge dc motor drive system to model the BDCM drive system in 60� ��������� ������
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
38
phases of a BDCM carry current during its operation. In Figure 3.5, Ea equals the line
to line back EMF of the BDCM, and Ra and La are the line to line resistance and
leakage inductance of the motor windings, respectively.
PWM with bipolar voltage switching and PWM with unipolar voltage switching
are two typical PWM schemes. The operation of PWM with bipolar voltage
switching is illustrated in Figure 3.6. The diagonally opposite switches (Sap, Sbn) and
(San, Sbp) are treated as two switch pairs. Two switches in a pair are simultaneously
turned on and off. The two switch pairs are switched complementarily with a small
dead time in between to avoid “shoot through” in a phase leg. The output voltage
switches between –Vd and +Vd voltage levels.
In PWM with unipolar voltage switching, the switches in the two legs are not
switched simultaneously as in the bipolar voltage switching PWM scheme. Instead,
only one switch of one switch pair is executing switching while the other one is kept
on constantly, and the other switch pair is kept off, as illustrated in Figure 3.7. In this
type of PWM scheme, when switching occurs, the output voltage changes between
zero and +Vd or between zero and –Vd.
A
Sa p
Sa n
V d C bu s
Ea
B
Sa p
Sbn
L aR a1
2Ia
Sa p
Sa n
Sbp
Sbn
1
2
1 1
2 2Ia
V A B
V d
-V d
Figure 3.6 PWM with bipolar voltage switching
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
39
To determine which scheme should be selected in the application, the two PWM
schemes are compared. The comparison results are shown in Table 3.4. These results
are obtained based on the following assumptions:
� The motor operates in forward motoring mode (Quadrant I);
� The armature currents increases and decreases linearly in a switching period;
� The armature current is in continuous current mode unless otherwise specified;
� The on-voltage or on-resistance of the switches, and the forward voltage of the
freewheeling diodes are zero;
� The dead time between the two complementary PWM signals is negligible.
It should be noted that the bipolar voltage switching PWM scheme offers very
good dynamic performance due to the bipolar voltage. While the motor current with
unipolar voltage switching PWM scheme may be discontinuous at light load, where
the duty cycle is close to zero or very small, that with the bipolar voltage switching
PWM scheme is always continuous even when the average motor current is zero.
This is illustrated in Figure 3.8. With the bipolar voltage switching PWM scheme,
A
Sap
San
V d C bus
Ea
B
Sap
Sbn
L aR a1
2Ia
Sap
San
Sbp
Sbn
1
2
1 1
2 2Ia
V dV A B
Figure 3.7 PWM with unipolar voltage switching (motoring mode, continuous current)
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
40
Table 3.4 Comparison between bipolar voltage switching PWMand unipolar voltage switching PWM
Bipolar Voltage Switching PWM Unipolar Voltage SwitchingPWM
OutputVoltageEquation
aaa
aad Ridt
diLEV ��� (1)
aaa
aad Ridt
diLEV ���� (2)
aaa
aad Ridt
diLEV ��� (1)
aaa
aad Ridt
diLEV ���� (2)
AverageOutput
Voltage V0
dDV
1~0�DdVD )12( �1~5.0�D
RippleCurrent
sa
TDL
V)1(
2 0 � sa
TDL
V)1(0 �
Number ofExecutingSwitches
2 1
“Lubricous”Torque
Yes No
Note Duty cycle s
on
T
TD � ; Ton -- on time of San, Ts -- switching period
Sap,Sbn
Ia
San,Sbp
Figure 3.8 "Lubricous torque" offered by bipolar voltage switching PWM scheme
when the duty cycle is 50%, although the average current is zero, there exist regular
ripple currents in the motor winding which results in a "lubricous torque". This
lubricous torque is especially helpful in a servo motor system and in a wide speed
range motor drive system for excellent dynamic performance at very low speeds.
However, this characteristic is not so important to an EV drive system.
In sum, PWM with unipolar voltage switching offers the advantage of lower
switching loss and lower current ripple, while PWM with bipolar voltage switching
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
41
offers better dynamic performance. As efficiency is a very important performance
criterion, while the lubricous torque is less important for EV propulsion, the BDCM
drive system the NTCER EV employs a unipolar voltage switching PWM scheme.
3.3.2 Performance Improvement of BDCM in Regeneration Mode
Six-step control method is commonly used for the control of BDCMs. While six-step
control in cooperation with a unipolar voltage switching PWM scheme, shown in
Figure 3.9, works well in motoring mode, the phase current during commutations is
not completely controlled in regeneration mode [21]. Figure 3.10 shows a single
phase current waveforms in regeneration mode, simulated in SPICE. As can be seen,
in motoring mode, the commutation of phase current is very fast and the motor
nonzero phase current is exactly 120� wide. In regeneration mode, however, the
commutation of the phase current in a half cycle becomes much slower and the
nonzero current waveform becomes wider than 120�. The cause of this problem is
illustrated in Figure 3.11. At the transition point, �t = 0�, the current in phase B
should be transferred to phase C. However, since there are no switches in the phases
involved in the phase current transitions, the phase current transition occurs in a
relatively uncontrolled fashion.
S1
S6
S5
S4
S3
S2
1 8 0 °1 2 0 °6 0 °0 °-1 8 0 ° -1 2 0 ° -6 0 °
P W M C on stan tly O n
Figure 3.9 Unipolar voltage switching PWM with six-step commutation
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
42
Figure 3.10 Simulated phase current waveform in regeneration mode using unipolar voltageswitching PWM with six-step commutation scheme
S2: P W M S w itch
S2: P W M S w itch
AB
C
S1 S3
S4S2
S5
S6
MV batt C bus
AB
C
S1 S3
S4S2
S5
S6
MV batt C bus
Figure 3.11 Illustration of the cause of the distorted motor current in regeneration mode
This current distortion results in the decrease of the RMS value of the phase
current, and further, the decrease of the average regeneration power, unless the peak
regeneration current limit is increased. However, an increase of the current limit is
undesirable for the whole system. The issue of this distorted current in regeneration
mode has gained little attention since for most BDCM applications operation in
regeneration mode is not required often, and is of less importance. In the EV
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
43
application, however, regenerative braking is important, and is performed very often.
Therefore, it is valuable to improve the regeneration performance of the BDCM. Two
methods have been proposed for this improvement as following.
3.3.2.1 Method I – Combining Unipolar Voltage Switching PWM and Bipolar
Voltage Switching PWM
The use of bipolar voltage switching PWM can eliminate the current distortion
problem of BDCMs in regeneration mode. Bipolar voltage switching PWM with six-
step commutation is shown in Figure 3.12. Figure 3.13 illustrates the phase current
transition in regeneration mode using bipolar voltage switching PWM. At the
transition point �t = 0�, current in phase B needs to be transferred to phase C. Since
PWM switches are always in the phases involved in phase current transitions, such
transitions always take place in a controlled fashion. Figure 3.14 shows the simulated
phase current waveform in regeneration mode using bipolar voltage switching PWM.
As can be seen, phase current is exactly 120� wide and the commutation is very fast.
However, bipolar voltage switching PWM is undesirable in motoring mode
owing to high switching loss. A combined PWM scheme has been proposed in this
project, that is, using bipolar voltage switching PWM in regeneration mode and
unipolar voltage switching PWM in motoring mode. By this method, both high
S1
S6
S5
S4
S3
S2
1 8 0 °1 2 0 °6 0 °0 °-1 8 0 ° -1 2 0 ° -6 0 °
P W M
Figure 3.12 Bipolar voltage switching PWM with six-step commutation
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
44
S3: P W M S w itch
S5: P W M S w itch
AB
C
S1 S3
S4S2
S5
S6
MV bat t C bu s
AB
C
S1 S3
S4S2
S5
S6
MV bat t C bu s
Figure 3.13 Illustration of phase current transition in regeneration modeusing bipolar voltage switching PWM
Figure 3.14 Simulated phase current waveform in regeneration mode using unipolar voltageswitching PWM with six-step commutation scheme
efficiency and good motor current waveforms in all operation modes can be
achieved. The changes of the PWM schemes can be easily determined by the braking
commands. This method improves the performance of regeneration braking at no
cost.
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
45
3.3.2.2 Method II – Twelve-Step Commutation
Another solution to the distorted current waveforms in regeneration mode is to
modify the six-step commutation into twelve-step commutation. This was
successfully implemented by the author in a flywheel energy storage system
employing an extremely high-speed BDCM for a satellite [21]. Twelve-step
commutation divides the 360� into 30� segments, as illustrated in Figure 3.15. During
each 30�, the three-phase inverter is still equivalent to a full-bridge inverter. Figure
3.16 illustrates the phase current transition in regeneration mode using twelve-step
commutation. At the transition point �t = 0�, current in phase B needs to be
transferred to phase C. Since PWM switches are always in the phases involved in
phase current transitions, such transitions always take place in a controlled fashion.
Figure 3.17 shows the simulated phase current in regeneration mode using twelve-
step commutation.
It is necessary to note that the twelve-step commutation in BDCM drive and the
twelve-step operation in a multilevel converter [45] are different issues, although
their names are similar.
If a discrete rotor position sensor is to be used, twelve-step control requires
modification of the conventional rotor position sensor that usually takes the form of
three inexpensive hall-effect sensors or optocouplers. In general, the discrete rotor
S1
S6
S5
S4
S3
S2
1 80 °1 20 °6 0°0°-1 80 ° -1 20 ° -6 0°
P W M C onstan tly O n
Figure 3.15 Twelve-step commutation scheme
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
46
S3: PW M S w itch
S5: PW M S w itch
AB
C
S1 S3
S4S2
S5
S6
MV batt Cbu s
AB
C
S1 S3
S4S2
S5
S6
MV batt Cbu s
Figure 3.16 Illustration of phase current transition in regeneration modeusing twelve-step commutation scheme
Figure 3.17 Simulated phase current waveform in regeneration modewith twelve-step commutation scheme
position sensor and / or the position signal procession circuit for twelve-step
commutation will be more complicated than that for six-step commutation. This is
because six-step commutation divides the 360� into six 60� segments while twelve-
step commutation divides the 360� into twelve 30� segments and then requires more
detailed information of the rotor position.
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
47
It is very interesting to point out that there are strong links or similarities
between Method I and Method II. They can be easily observed from Figures 3.11 –
3.17. With twelve-step commutation the operation and performance of the BDCM in
motoring mode is the same as that using unipolar voltage switching PWM plus six-
step commutation, while its operation and performance in regeneration mode is the
same as that using bipolar voltage switching PWM plus six-step commutation.
Nevertheless, Method I and Method II have their own most suitable applications.
In EV propulsion, Method I is preferred, since Method II needs a more complicated
rotor position sensor or a rotor position signal processing circuit. In the space
application, on the other hand, Method II is preferred, as the control signal for the
change of the PWM modes, like the braking command in the EV operation, is not
available in the space application.
3.4 Speed Extension and Constant Power Operation of the
BDCM
The desired torque-speed characteristic for traction applications is constant torque
below the base speed of the motor and constant power above the base speed, which
implies a reduction in the achievable torque as speed increases. This torque-speed
characteristic minimizes the power rating of the motor and inverter, and
consequently, the cost, weight, and volume of the whole propulsion system. This
torque-speed characteristic has been very much imprinted on human experience since
ICE vehicles slow down for gradients but can negotiate very steep inclines at low
speeds.
However, the natural torque-speed characteristic of a BDCM is constant torque
that is proportional to the armature current, and the maximum speed of a BDCM is
determined by battery voltage. Figure 3.18 shows this difference of the torque-speed
characteristic.
In general, a large ratio of the maximum motor speed to the base speed in
constant power suggests an effective reduction of the motor power rating [2]. The
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
48
S p eed
To
rqu
e
B D C M n a tu ra l ch arac teris tic"C on stan t T orq u e"
D esirab le ch arac teris tic fo rtrac tio n ap p lication"C on stan t P ow er"
Figure 3.18 Natural torque-speed characteristic of a BDCM and desired torque-speedcharacteristic for traction application
desired ratio varies with specific motor design and the drive system design. In EV
applications, battery voltage can vary as much as ±35% from the nominal value. This
factor should be taken into account in designing the EV propulsion system.
It should be noted that power electronics allows the motor to operate at any point
in the torque-speed plane, below the envelope defined by the maximum torque, the
maximum speed and the maximum power. Using power electronics to achieve speed
extension will be addressed shortly.
While an EV can be designed with direct wheel drive, since an electric motor has
a broad constant torque range, a single-gear-ratio transmission can free up the motor
speed from the vehicle speed and allow motor size reduction, the optimization of the
motor design and propulsion system design. The gear ratio and size will depend on
the maximum motor speed, maximum vehicle speed, and the wheel radius.
The single significant problem with permanent magnet motors in EV
applications is their speed limitation, determined by battery voltage. Several methods
to extend the speed range of BDCM will be investigated below.
3.4.1 Flux Weakening Method
For an induction motor and a non-permanent-magnet dc motor, extension of speed
range and constant power operation region can be satisfactorily achieved by flux-
weakening control [47-49]. However, extension of speed range into constant power
region by flux weakening has not been satisfactorily achieved in most PM machines.
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
49
Flux weakening control in some PMSMs is possible when the machines are designed
with large armature reaction effects [50-53]. In these machines, a component of the
stator current can be employed to weaken the air gap field produced by the permanent
magnet. Unfortunately, the large circulating currents involved significantly degrade
the efficiency and this method requires complicated rotor design and fabrication.
Moreover, this conventional flux-weakening control cannot be readily applied to
the PM brushless dc motor drive that is fed by squarewave current [28]. This is
because that the conventional d-q coordinate transformation, which is always used in
the flux-weakening control algorithm, can not be directly applied to the squarewave
motor drive. Although Fourier analysis can be employed to solve this problem by
resulting the squarewave into the corresponding fundamental and harmonic
sinewaves, the method is too cumbersome to be implemented. Shifting the “phase” of
the trapezoidal current will be addressed later.
3.4.2 Mechanically Varying the Air Gap
The method of speed extension of BDCM by mechanically varying the air gap has
been explored at NTCER [33, 54]. The axial flux permanent magnet brushless dc
motor developed by NTCER for its solar racing car can be readily dismantled and
reassembled with a range of spacers on the shaft, providing different air gaps. During
the race, the motor can be adjusted every evening to suit the predicted conditions for
the next day.
Versions allowing such adjustment in real time during operation are now
commercially available. This simple flux-weakening technique does not impinge
significantly on the efficiency. Within a reasonable band, increasing the air gap
increases the copper loss as the torque constant decreases, but decrease the iron loss
as the flux density reduces.
It should be noted that such mechanical variation of the air gap is of course not
possible in a BDCM with radial flux geometry.
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
50
3.4.3 Advancing the Phase Angle of the Excitation Transition
Points
Another way to extend the speed range of BDCM is to advance the phase angle of the
excitation transition points relative to the back EMF [55]. With this method, current
in the on-coming phase is given a controlled time interval (advanced angle between
0° to 60°) to build up before the back EMF increases and the speed range can be
extended by 2:1 or more.
It should be recognized that speed extension with this approach comes at a price
of increased peak phase current amplitude and significant increases in the torque
ripple and copper loss. Also, a more sophisticated rotor position scheme than a basic
Hall sensor scheme is needed. A high-resolution encoder or resolver that is more
expensive needs to be used.
3.4.4 Voltage Boosting Method Employing a Bidirectional Direct
DC-DC Converter
All the above methods of speed extension of BDCMs, special characteristic of the
motor were explored. The research in this thesis addresses an alternative method to
achieve speed extension of BDCM by boosting the battery voltage to a higher voltage
through a direct dc-dc converter [17, 18]. Figure 3.19 shows this scheme.
This method has a number of significant features, as described below.
1. It suits all different types of BDCMs and PMSMs;
2. It does not add constraints on the motor design, so that the motor design can be
optimized with larger freedom;
3. With this method, a very large speed extension range is achievable;
4. It allows the regenerative braking current of a BDCM or PMSM above the base
speed to be well under control, by operating the dc-dc converter in current-
regulated buck mode. It is well known that control of regeneration current of
BDCM or PMSM above the base speed in a conventional motor/inverter is very
difficult since the regenerative current goes through freewheeling diodes, as in
an uncontrolled rectifier.
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
51
AB
C
S1 S3
S4S2
S5
S6
M
Inverter/m otor
L 1
B att Sbo o st
Sbu ck
D C -D C C onverter
Cbu s
Figure 3.19 Speed extension of BDCM by employing a dc-dc converter
It is very important to note that in the NTCER EV, this bidirectional direct dc-dc
converter serves not only for the purpose of speed extension, constant power
operation and controlled regenerative braking above the base speed, but also for
power assist purposes in a novel power management scheme, which will be
addressed in Chapter 4. The cost of the converter is easy to justify, especially
considering the multifunction it provides.
3.5 Current Control of BDCM at Speeds above the Base
Speed in Motoring Mode when using the Voltage
Boosting Method
This section studies two different current control methods of BDCMs at speeds
above the base speed when using a boost converter for speed extension of the
BDCMs. The study focuses on control system stability analysis in s-plane when using
the two different methods.
3.5.1 Method I: The Converter – Current controlled; The Inverter
– Commutation Only
Since a boost converter is employed, the question arises, can we use the boost
converter to regulate the motor current while we let the inverter perform
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
52
commutation only in order to minimize the switching loss? Allured by the
minimization of switching loss, the author in [56] tried to implement this control
scheme but did not succeed. This section 3.5.1 looks at this control issue.
As the inverter only does the job of commutation, it can be neglected in
modeling the control system. In a 60° interval, the three-phase BDCM is equivalent
to a dc motor, as shown in Figure 3.20. This particular circuit configuration suggests
that the characteristic of the boost converter output is neither a current source nor a
voltage source. The large bus capacitor makes the circuit lose the characteristics of
current source output, while the intended closed-loop motor current control will
make the circuit lose the characteristics of voltage source output.
For a better understanding, the dynamic behavior of the system should be
approximated by a mathematical model. The system is a double current loop control
system. The current reference of the inner loop is obtained from the output of the PI
controller of the outer loop. In the inner current loop, since there is only one energy
storage component L1 that implies a first order pole in the left half plane (LHP), very
good control performance can be readily achieved. Then the transfer function of this
closed current loop, Gi1(s), can be optimized as a small inertia element. For further
L 1
V in
Sbo o st
D
Cbu s
Ea
L a
Ra
R in
Ia
V bu s
I in
Ia_ ref
P I_ 2-
++-
P I_ 1
P W MM od u la tion
& D river
B D C ME q u iva len t
C ircu it
Figure 3.20 Motor current control Method I
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
53
simplicity, we assume that the inductor current follows its reference perfectly. Thus
we have
1)(1 �sGi . (3.1)
The motor current control loop is then simplified as shown in Figure 3.21 in which
Kci(s) is the transfer function of the converter. Now we go back to Figure 3.20 to
derive Kci(s).
Assume that the switch and diode are ideal (no loss and no energy storage). The
instantaneous power equation relating input and output quantities of the system is
obtained by differentiating the energy quantities
)2
1()
2
1( 222
1 busbusininn vCdt
diL
dt
dRiiV inini ���
aaaaaa EiRiiLdt
d��� 22)
2
1( . (3.2)
Linearizing the power equation around the operation point (Vin0, Iin0, Ea0, and Ia0)
yields
busbusbusininininininin vVsCiIsLiIRiV ������� 00102
aaaaaaaa iEiIRiIsL ������ 000 2 . (3.3)
Considering
aaaaaa
abus iRsLRidt
diLdv ������ )()(0 (3.4)
and simplifying Equation (3.3) give
2001 [ sVCLiiIsL busbusaainin ���
]2)( 000 aaaaabusbusa EIRsILVCR ���� . (3.5)
Therefore, we have
I aP I_2 G i1(s)= 1 K ci(s)
Ind u cto r C urren tTem p la te
+-
I a_ ref
Figure 3.21 Motor current control loop with unspecified control plant (Method I)
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
54
00002
0
0001
2)(
2)(
aaaaabusbusabusbusa
inininin
EIRsILVCRsVCL
VIRsIL
iniaisciK
����
����
�
��
edscs
bas��
��2
(3.6)
where,
01 inILa �� (3.7)
002 ininin VIRb ��� (3.8)
0busbusa VCLc � (3.9)
00 aabusbusa ILVCRd �� (3.10)
002 aaa EIRe �� . (3.11)
At the rated operation point,
aaaainininin RIEIRIIV 2000
2000 ��� . (3.12)
From Equation (3.12), we can find Iin0. With the false solution rejected, we have
in
aaaaininin
R
RIEIRVVinI
2
)(40
2000
200 ���
� (3.13)
In addition,
aaabus RIEV 000 �� (3.14)
Using the values from Table 3.4, Vin0 = 120V, Ea0 = 170V, Ia0 = 80A, Rin = 0.06ohm,
Ra = 0.026ohm, Cbus = 4700uF, La = 182uH, L1 = 40uH, we have Iin0 = 122.18A,
Vbus0 = 172.6V, and
16.17403559.0000147.034.105002224.0)(
2 �����
ssssciK . (3.15)
Kci(s) contains a zero and two poles:
41 107365.4 �z
31 10)0825.11143.0( ��� ip
32 10)0825.11143.0( ��� ip
Figure 3.22 shows the root locus of Kci(s). As can be seen, the two poles are a
complex conjugate pair that are very close to the imaginary axis and far from the real
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
55
0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000-6000
-4000
-2000
0
2000
4000
6000
Real Axis
Imag
Axi
s
Figure 3.22 Root locus of Kci(s)
axis. The root locus strongly suggests that little margin is left for designing a stable
and high-performance closed-loop system for the purpose of motor current control.
No matter whether a PI or a PID controller is used, it is very difficult to effect
satisfactory compensation.
The control difficulty mainly originates from the existence of the big capacitor
Cbus. If Cbus is decreased, the poles would move away from the imaginary axis and
towards the real axis. Unfortunately, a big Cbus is preferable to absorb ripple current
and make the bus voltage stable.
Increasing La will have a similar effect as decreasing Cbus, in terms of movement
of the poles. In addition, the system specifications such as maximum motor current,
battery voltage, motor speeds, etc, can marginally effect the location of the poles and
zero. Figure 3.23 shows their influences.
In some other applications where the motor inductance is large and a small bus
capacitor can be used, and dynamic performance is not required to be very fast, this
motor current control scheme above the motor base speed may be workable with
careful design of the controller.
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
56
Imag
Axi
s
L a increa ses
R eal A x is0
Cb us decreases.S ign ifican t e ffec t.
I a increa ses,Ea decreases.
M arg ian l effect.
I a increa ses,Ea increases.
Figure 3.23 Influences of system parameters on the location of the poles and zeros of Kci(s)
3.5.2 Method II: The Converter – Voltage Source Output; The
Inverter – Current Mode Control
An alternative method is to control the inverter and the converter separately, that is,
the boost converter is controlled as a voltage source output and the inverter is current
regulated with a voltage source input, as illustrated in Figure 3.24. Voltage source
inverters are used far more broadly than the current source topologies in BDCM drive
applications for two reasons. Firstly, the cost, size, and weight of electrolytic
capacitors tend to be significantly lower than DC link inductors in comparably rated
voltage and current source configurations. Secondly, voltage source inverters allow
the use of lower voltage rating MOSFETs or IGBTs, so that the best device
utilization and performance can be obtained.
The big capacitor in between decouples the two stages and makes the control
much easier. Excellent performance of the current control of the BDCM can be easily
achieved with a current-regulated voltage source inverter [21, 22]. Based on this fact,
for the purpose of the analysis and design of the boost converter, the current-
regulated inverter/motor can be modeled as a dc current source I0. In the same way as
in Section 3.5.1, we assume the transfer function of the inner current loop Gi(s)� 1.
Therefore the outer control loop will have the structure shown in Figure 3.25.
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
57
L 1
V in
Sbo o st
D
Cbus
I0
R in
V bus
I in
V bus_ref
P I_v-
++-
P I_ i
P W MM odu la tion
& D river
E q u iva len tC ircu it o f
M otor/in verter
Figure 3.24 Equivalent system diagram using Method II of the motor current control at themotor speeds above the base speed
Vbu sP I_v G i(s)= 1 K cv(s)
In d uc to r C u rren tT em p la te
+-
Vbu s_ re f
Figure 3.25 Outer control loop with unspecified transfer function of plant using Method II
Following the analysis based on energy balance of the power system in Section
3.5.1, we obtain the transfer function of the converter Kcv(s) in Equation 3.16.
00
0001
22
)(IsVC
VIRsIL
inibusv
scvKbusbus
inininin
����
��
��
dcsbas
��� (3.16)
where,
01 inILa �� (3.17)
002 ininin VIRb ��� (3.18)
0busbusVCc � (3.19)
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
58
02Id � (3.20)
At the rated operation point,
002
000 IVRIIV businininin �� . (3.21)
With the false solution rejected, we have
in
busininin
R
IVRVVinI
2
40
00200 ��
� (3.22)
Again using Vin0 = 120V, Vbus0 = 170V, I0 = 80A, Rin = 0.06ohm, Cbus = 4700uF, L1
= 40uH, we have Iin0 = 120.61A, and
160799.053.105004824.0)(
����
ssscvK . (3.23)
Kcv(s) contains a RHP zero and a LHP pole:
4101874.2 �z
3.200��p
Figure 3.26 shows the root locus of Kcv(s). Let the transfer function of the PI
controller be:
ssscvG 160799.0)( �� (3.24)
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5
x 104
-0.1
-0.08
-0.06
-0.04
-0.02
0
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.1
Real Axis
Imag
Axi
s
Figure 3.26 Root locus of Kcv(s)
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
59
Vbu s1
+-
Vbu s_ref
160799.053.105004824.0
�
��
ss
ss 160799.0 �
In d uc to r C u rren tTem p la te
G cv(s) Gi(s) K cv(s)
Figure 3.27 Mathematical model of the closed voltage loop using Method II
Hence, the mathematical model of the outer control loop is shown in Figure 3.27.
With the pole of Kcv(s) cancelled, the open-loop forward transfer function is:
)()()( scvKscvGsoG �
ss 53.105004824.0 ��� (3.25)
The closed-loop voltage transfer function is:
)(1)(
)(sG
sGscG
o
o
��
53.1059952.0
53.105004824.0����
ss (3.26)
which only has a first-order pole in the LHP, suggesting a stable system. The step
response of the closed voltage loop is shown in Figure 3.28.
0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.1-0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
Time (seconds)
Am
plitu
de
Figure 3.28 Step response of the closed voltage loop
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
60
In the analysis above, we assumed that the transfer function of the inner current
loop Gi(s)� 1 for simplicity in addressing the motor current control method. More
practically, Gi(s) should be modeled as a small inertia element. With a PI controller,
the closed voltage loop can be compensated into an optimum second-order system
that can still have a very good dynamic performance. This has been adopted in the
NTCER EV since it offers advantages of high stability and easy control. The
switching loss is minimized through a soft-switching technique, which will addressed
in Chapter 5.
It is worth noting that a two-stage quasi-current source inverter scheme for a
BDCM, consisting of a current-regulated buck converter followed by a three-phase
inverter is workable [45, 57, 58]. It behaves generally as a type of current source
inverter except during phase current commutation intervals when it reverts to
operation as a voltage source inverter. Therefore it captures some of the best features
of both a current source inverter and a voltage source inverter. It is more natural than
the scheme employing a current-regulated boost converter followed by a three-phase
inverter that is only for commutation. This is because that the output of the buck
converter can behave as a current source due to the location of its energy storage
inductor.
3.6 Control of Regenerative Braking of BDCM above the
Base Speed
In a conventional BDCM drive system, it is very difficult to control regeneration
current when the motor speed is above the base speed, that is, when the motor line-
line back EMF is higher than the battery voltage. This is because the regeneration
current will go through the freewheeling diodes of the inverter back to the dc voltage
source and the inverter switches lose their control of the regeneration currents. In this
case, the motor / inverter acts like an uncontrolled rectifier. The natural regeneration
current Iregen-n is determined by
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
61
eqv
battllnregen R
VVI
�� �
�
(3.27)
where, Reqv is the total equivalent resistance of the current path, mainly including the
resistance of the battery, resistance of two phase armature windings of the motor, Vl-l
is line to line motor back EMF voltage. As Reqv is usually very small, this
uncontrolled regeneration current can be unacceptably large.
This section studies the control of regeneration current of BDCM when the
motor speeds are above the base speed.
3.6.1 When Motor Speeds are Much Higher than the Base Speed
In this case, the objective of the regeneration current control is to limit the
regeneration current to some maximum value. By operating the dc-dc converter in
current controlled buck mode, regulation of the regeneration current when the motor
line-line back EMF is higher than the battery voltage is possible, as shown in Figure
3.29. The reference for the inductor current is set according to the required
regeneration current of the motor. Therefore the regeneration current can be
effectively regulated not to exceed a maximum current limit. This operation mode
can be called Buck-Regeneration Mode.
L 1
B att
Sbuck
Sbo o st M
In verterC om m uta tion
on ly
C bus
R ectif ie r
Figure 3.29 Buck-regeneration operation when the motor speedsare much higher than the base speed
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
62
3.6.2 When Motor Speeds are only Marginally Higher than the
Base Speed
The overall objective of regeneration current control is to limit the regeneration
current to a maximum value and maintain it at this value for as long as possible to
achieve fast regenerative braking. When the motor speeds are only marginally higher
than the base speed, it is not possible to get high enough regeneration current even
though the buck switch is controlled constantly on. This is because the difference of
the motor line-line back EMF and the battery voltage is too small.
In this case, PWM switching operation of the inverter is activated while Sbuck in
the dc-dc converter is kept on and Sboost off constantly. As before, we use a full-
bridge dc motor drive system to equalize the BDCM drive in each 60�� ��������� �
shown in Figure 3.30. In this mode, operation of the inverter is similar to its usual
regeneration operation when motor speed is below the base speed, that is, boost-
regeneration mode [59]. For better understanding of this, we derive the equivalent
circuit below.
Due to the existence of the big electrolytic capacitor Cbus, the inductor L1 in the
dc-dc converter only affects very high frequency ripple and is neglected. For further
simplicity, we remove Sboost and short out Sbuck. Thus we have the equivalent circuit
as shown in Figure 3.31. To effectively perform regenerative braking, let San execute
PWM switching. Figure 3.32 shows the two states of the circuit when San is
executing PWM switching. It can be seen that the operation of the circuit is basically
equivalent to that of a boost circuit, as shown in Figure 3.33.
More accurately, this operation mode is a hybrid boost-regeneration mode
because here regeneration current can be controlled in the range from a minimum
value to a maximum limit, while in usual boost-regeneration mode regeneration
current can be controlled in the range from zero to a maximum limit. The minimum
regeneration current is determined by Equation 3.28. It should be stated that the
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
63
L 1
B att
Sbuc kC o nsta nt ly O n
Sbo o s t
C bus A
Sa p
Sa n
Ea
B
Sa p
Sbn
L aR a
Figure 3.30 Hybrid boost-regeneration mode when the motor speedsare marginally higher than the base speed
B att C bu s A
Sap
San
Ea
B
Sap
Sbn
L aR a
Figure 3.31 Simplification of Figure 3.30
B att C bus A
Sap
San
Ea
B
Sap
Sbn
L aR a
2
1
Ia
Figure 3.32 Two states of the circuits when San is executing PWM switching
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
64
B att Cbus
Sap
SanEa
Sbn
L aRa
Ia
Figure 3.33 The equivalent boost circuit
existence of the minimum regeneration current is not a problem at all since the
objective of regeneration current control is to limit the regeneration current to a
maximum value and maintain it at this value for as long as possible to achieve fast
regenerative braking.
The time to start the hybrid boost-regeneration mode will be determined by
measuring the difference of the bus voltage that approximates the motor line-line
back EMF, and the battery voltage. The threshold needs to be determined
experimentally for a specific drive system.
It should be noted that hard braking at high vehicle speeds when the motor
speeds are above the base speed would not be performed very frequently. In the case
of gentle braking, the regenerative braking energy is put back into the battery. In the
case of hard braking, a mechanical friction brake needs to be used. Mechanical
brakes will provide extra braking once the current limits are achieved.
3.7 Review
After a brief overview of general BDCM drive systems, this chapter focuses on
several advanced control techniques for BDCMs, with emphasis on EV applications.
Firstly, the impacts of PWM strategies and commutation schemes on the
performance of BDCMs are explored. A comparison between bipolar voltage
switching PWM and unipolar voltage switching PWM is made and the selection
criteria are given. Two solutions are proposed to the phase current distortion problem
CHAPTER 3 SEVERAL ADVANCED CONTROL TECHNOLOGIES IN PERMANENTMAGNET BRUSHLESS DC MOTOR DRIVES
65
of BDCMs in regeneration mode. One is a combination of unipolar voltage switching
PWM, bipolar voltage switching PWM and a six-step commutation scheme, and the
other is a twelve-step commutation scheme. It is concluded that the former is a better
control scheme in terms of efficiency, rectangularity of phase current waveforms and
circuitry simplicity.
Secondly, several techniques for speed extension and constant power operation
of BDCMs are discussed. Those include flux weakening, advancing the phase angle
of the excitation transition points, mechanically varying the air gap of the motor and
the voltage boosting method. Of those, the proposed voltage boosting method has
distinct advantages.
Thirdly, two different current control methods of BDCMs at speeds above the
base speed, when using a boost converter for speed extension of the BDCMs, are
studied. Control system stability analysis in the s-plane when using the two different
methods is presented. A clear conclusion is arrived at.
Finally, the control of regeneration current of BDCMs when the motor speeds
are above the base speed is discussed. This is a well-known difficult issue in BDCM
control. An effective control method is proposed.
66
Chapter 4
Novel Energy and Power Managementin the EV Propulsion System
4.1 Power Requirements for the Electric Vehicle
Propulsion System
The main component of an EV is its electromechanical power train. The principal
objective of an EV system design is to determine the minimum drive weight, volume,
and cost that will meet the system specifications. As seen in Chapter 2, the driving
cycles of the NTCER EV is similar to FUDS. To simplify the analysis and design and
to extend the NTCER EV research to more general urban EVs, it is assumed in this
chapter that FUDS will be the driving pattern of the NTCER EV, unless otherwise
specified. As the FUDS is a standard testing cycle in urban driving, this assumption
also allows for the proposed system to be compared with other studies.
To optimize the design of the drive system, first of all the power requirements
for EV propulsion need to be looked at. Table 4.1 shows the NTCER EV data,
assuming Genesis sealed lead-acid batteries are used (Phase 1 Project). The variables
which define the continuous power and the peak power include:
1. rated vehicle velocity (speed);
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
67
Table 4.1 NTCER EV data
Symbol Description Value
� Vehicle average speed 45km/h (12.5m/s)�m Vehicle top speed 90 km/h (25m/s)�_3% Speed at 3% grade 70 km/h (19.4m/s)�_6% Speed at 6% grade 50 km/h (13.9m/s)
a Vehicle acceleration 1.85 m/s²(0-60km/h in 9 sec.)
d Range between charges 60 kmm Vehicle mass 800 kgCrr Rolling resistance coefficient 0.008� Air density 1.2Cd Coefficient of aerodynamic drag 0.3A Front area 1.9 m²
�w Head wind velocity * �w = 0 used for calculation
� Road grade ** 3% and 6% grade used forcalculation
� Drive train efficiency 83% (assumed)
2. maximum vehicle velocity;
3. initial acceleration rate;
4. road load characteristic determined by a range of vehicle data;
5. electric motor power rating;
6. extension of constant power speed range beyond the rated speed;
7. gear ratio between the motor shaft and the wheel shaft (a variable transmission is
not essential with an EV).
This section will analyze the power determined by variables 1-4 while Chapter 3
discussed the power determined by the remainder.
4.1.1 Road Load Characteristics
The road load is the total force in Newton, as a function of speed, needed to be
provided by vehicle system to maintain that constant speed. The road load Fw
consists of rolling resistance Frr, aerodynamic drag Faero, and climbing force Fclm.
clmaerorrw FFFF ��� (4.1)
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
68
The rolling resistance Frr is caused by the tire deformations on the road:
)cos(�� gmCF rrrr (4.2)
where Crr is the tire rolling resistance coefficient; m, g and � represent the vehicle
mass, the gravitational acceleration constant and the road grade angle, respectively.
Here, we assume the rolling resistance is independent of the vehicle velocity, which
is usually acceptable.
Aerodynamic drag Faero is the viscous resistance of air acting upon the vehicle:
2)(2
1wdaero vvACF �� � (4.3)
���������������������� ��Cd, the aerodynamic drag coefficient, A, the vehicle frontal
������������������������ ������w, the head wind velocity.
The climbing force Fclm is determined by the vehicle mass, the gravitational
acceleration constant, and the road grade angle:
)sin(�� gmFclm . (4.4)
�����������������������������������������Fclm have negative signs.
The wheel power Pw to overcome Fw is
clmaerorrclmaerorrww PPPvFFFvFP ������� )( (4.5)
The power components required to overcome rolling resistance Frr, aerodynamic drag
Faero, and climbing resistance Fclm, respectively, are
vgmCP rrrr � )cos(� (4.6)
3)(2
1wdaero vvACP �� � (4.7)
vgmPclm � )sin(� (4.8)
For simplicity, zero head-wind velocity and a ground level are assumed in
analyzing the vehicle power requirements, unless otherwise specified. Given the
NTCER EV data in Table 4.1, we can plot the required wheel power, power
components and power out of the batteries vs. the vehicle cruising speeds, as shown
in Figure 4.1. At low speeds, wheel power is used mainly to overcome the rolling
resistance while at high speeds, >70km/h, for example, wheel power is used mainly
to overcome the aerodynamic drag.
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
69
0
2
4
6
8
10
0 20 40 60 80 100
Speed (km/h)
Pow
er (
kW)
P_rrP_aeroP_wheelP_batt
Figure 4.1 Components of vehicle power vs. speeds
The vehicle not only needs to provide the power to overcome all the resistance
for cruising, but also needs to provide power for acceleration or overtaking:
vamPaccel � (4.9)
where, a is acceleration rate. The total power for cruising and acceleration is
accelw PPP ��max . (4.10)
Energy for rolling resistance and aerodynamic drag are not recoverable. The
reminder of the kinetic energy of the vehicle excluding that to overcome rolling
resistance and aerodynamic drag can be recovered by regeneration.
4.1.2 Components of Vehicle Power vs. Speed for the FUDS
In Chapter 2, it has been seen that in real driving, the acceleration rate is not constant
during acceleration and accelerations may not start from zero speed. Calculation of
the power requirements when travelling according to the FUDS was carried out based
on the EV data in Table 4.1 and the power formula above. Figure 4.2 shows the total
required power for the FUDS and Figure 4.3 shows the power components due to
rolling resistance, aerodynamic drag and accelerations and decelerations,
respectively. The required battery power and energy consumed on FUDS is shown in
Figure 4.4.
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
70
0
20
40
60
80
100
0 500 1000 1500
Time (s)
Spe
ed (
km/h
)
(a)
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
0 500 1000 1500
Time (s)
Whe
el P
ower
(kW
)
(b)
Figure 4.2 Wheel power on FUDS(a) FUDS (b) Wheel power
Peak power 22kW, average power 3.22kW (motoring)
Figure 4.5 shows power required for climbing at different speeds on 3% grade
and 6% grade, respectively.
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
71
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
0 500 1000 1500
Time (s)
P_r
r (k
W)
(a)
0
1
2
3
4
5
0 500 1000 1500
Time (s)
P_a
ero
(kW
)
(b)
-30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
0 500 1000 1500
Time (s)
P_a
ccel
(kW
)
(c)
Figure 4.3 Components of the vehicle power on FUDS(a) Power due to rolling resistance(b) Power due to aerodynamic drag
(c) Power due to acceleration and deceleration
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
72
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
0 500 1000 1500
Time (s)
Bat
tery
Pow
er (
kW)
(a)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
0 500 1000 1500
Time (s)
Con
sum
ed E
nerg
y (k
Wh)
(b)
Figure 4.4 Required battery power and energy consumed on FUDS(a) Required battery power (b) Energy consumed
0
10
20
30
40
0 20 40 60 80 100
Speed (km/h)
Pow
er fo
r C
limbi
ng (
kW)
3% grade
6% grade
Figure 4.5 Power for climbing vs. speeds
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
73
4.1.3 Observations
Several very important observations emerge from the calculation results above:
� The maximum power of the NTCER EV is determined by the acceleration
requirement, not the maximum vehicle cruising speed. The maximum power for
acceleration is 22 kW while the power for cruising at 90km/h is 10.25 kW, of
which 3.07 kW is due to rolling resistance and 7.18 kW due to aerodynamic drag.
This tends to be true for almost all high-performance EVs, as quick acceleration
is a critical performance criteria and demanded by customers.
� Although the peak wheel power is as high as 22 kW, the average wheel power
for the whole cycle is only 3.22 kW, with a ratio of 6.83:1. If 83% system
efficiency is assumed, the required battery power and the energy consumed are
plotted in Figure 4.4. The high ratio of peak power to average power necessitates
a battery load-leveling scheme which will be addressed in Section 4.3.
� The regenerative braking energy available is large. The energy over the whole
cycle consumed to drive the wheels is 1227.3 Wh and the regenerative braking
energy available is 404.3 Wh representing 32.9% of the total energy consumed in
the wheels. Assuming 83% system efficiency, the energy taken out of the battery
is 1478.7 Wh. Therefore, regenerative braking energy available accounts for
27.3% of the energy taken out of the battery. This has confirmed that regenerative
braking is a big contributor to energy saving, extending driving range. However,
how much regenerative braking energy can be recovered will depend on the
regeneration efficiency. Thus improving regeneration efficiency is important.
� A peak power of 22 kW allows the vehicle to climb a 3% grade at 70 km/h and a
6% grade at 50 km/h. Human driving experience is that a vehicle slows down for
gradients, but can negotiate very steep inclines at low speeds. Fast acceleration is
usually not expected during vehicle’s climbing. Therefore, the maximum power
of the vehicle is determined by acceleration performance, not high speed cruising.
4.2 Overview of Commercial EV Batteries
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
74
To make EVs widely accepted by the public, they must be able to demonstrate a
satisfactory drive range, acceleration and deceleration performance, and low cost.
Currently the significant problems with EVs compared to ICE vehicles are their
relatively short drive range per charge and their high cost. The cost is determined by
very large, expensive, heavy and short-lived battery packs. Of all the sub-systems
used in EVs, the battery remains the main barrier to EV success. While some other
sub-systems in EVs need to be further improved, they are not the limiting factors to
either vehicle performance or large-scale production of EVs.
In order to optimize the design of the energy and power system of the NTCER
EV, this section looks at current EV batteries. There are many battery technologies
currently being developed for EV applications, with Lead-Acid, Nickel-Metal
Hydride (NiMH) and Nickel Cadmium (NiCd) being given the most attention.
Lithium batteries that are expected to be able to meet long-term goals for EV
batteries, featuring high energy density and numerically high cycle life, are still being
developed.
Figure 4.6 compares the current lead-acid, NiMH and NiCd batteries in terms of
specific energy, specific power, specific cost and the cycle life [6, 60]. In Figure 4.6,
the specific energy is defined at C/3, the specific power for 30 seconds at 80% DOD
and the cycle life when discharged to 80% DOD.
Lead-Acid Batteries
Lead-acid batteries are the most common technology, and are currently used in
commercially available electric vehicles since they are cheaper than alternative
technologies. Flooded lead-acid batteries were invented before the beginning of the
20th century and are still the best economically feasible technology for storing electric
power at this scale. Flooded batteries have the disadvantage that they require
electrolyte maintenance. Single-point watering systems that are available greatly
simplify that procedure.
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
75
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
Lead-acid 35 200 440 120
NiCd 40 175 1250 600
NiMH 80 150 1500 540
Energy (Wh/kg)
Power (W/kg)
Life (Cycles)Cost
(US$/Wh)
Figure 4.6 Comparison among lead-acid, MiCd and MiMH batteries
Recent advances in lead-acid chemistry management and construction have
produced batteries that are generally sealed and contain little if any free liquid
electrolyte. Their price is about double that of the flooded lead-acid battery, but
should drop as production volume increases. So far they have all demonstrated lower
number of cycles than flooded lead-acid batteries, but new battery management
techniques may improve that situation [61]. The exact life also depends on driving
and charging patterns [62].
Current EVs using lead-acid batteries as their main energy storage include GM
EV1, GM S-10 Electric Pickup, Ford Ranger Pickup, Chrysler EPIC Minivan, and
Fiat Ceicento Electtra [25].
NiCd Batteries
NiCd batteries have demonstrated greater specific energy, and larger cycle life than
lead-acid batteries and reasonably high specific power. The Volvo FL6 hybrid
electric truck uses NiCd batteries as auxiliary energy storage. However NiCd
batteries are much more expensive than lead-acid batteries. Cadmium is highly toxic,
so recycling efforts have to be managed very carefully.
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
76
NiMH Batteries
NiMH batteries are highly regarded as they currently have the most energy per unit
mass, highest cycle life of the three different batteries and possess high power
density. Current EVs using NiMH batteries as main energy storage include the Honda
EV PLUS, Toyota RAV4-EV, ZYTEK ELIES, Solectria Force and Citroen SAXO
[25]. Some HEVs use NiMH as auxiliary energy storage, such as the Toyota Prius
and Renault Next.
Unfortunately NiMH batteries are 4 to 5 times more expensive than lead-acid
batteries. Although the cost of NiMH batteries can be reduced as the production
volume increases, it will not be as low as lead-acid batteries due to the raw material
cost.
4.3 Non-Flowing Zinc-Bromine Batteries
As none of the present EV batteries are ideal, it is worth giving more attention to the
development of emerging battery technologies. Among numerous emerging battery
technologies, the non-flowing Zinc-Bromine battery (NFZBB) is a very promising
EV battery technology [19, 63].
The non-flowing Zinc-Bromine battery is a promising spin-off from work on the
flowing electrolyte zinc-bromine battery, by ZBB Energy Corporation in Western
Australia. This emerging battery technology was first reported in [63]. The NTCER
has been closely working with ZBB aiming to use the NFZBB for EV applications.
The new NFZBB will suit EV applications very well because it offers the following
advantages:
� High energy density for a long EV driving range;
� Capacity to withstand several thousand full discharge cycles without damage so
that the batteries will last for the life of the vehicles;
� Low cost production.
A prototype of the NFZBB which will suit EV applications is currently being
developed. Table 4.2 outlines the projected performance built in 24, 48 and 96 volt
configuration under continuous deep discharge cycling conditions. The analysis and
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
77
Table 4.2 NFZBB projected performance
Estimated Weight
Voltage Energy Power(continuous)
Power(30 sec.) Total Electr.
EstimatedEnergyDensity
(V) (kWh) (W) (W) (kg) (kg) (Wh/kg)24 1.0 800 2,000 20 12 5048 2.0 1,600 4,000 34 24 6096 4.0 3,200 8,000 62 48 64
design of the power and energy system of the NTCER EV in this chapter will be
based on these NFZBB data.
The NFZBB battery stack consists nearly entirely of low-cost polyethylene
plastic materials, with only a thin metal screen on the back side of the terminal
electrodes which is necessary to direct the electrical current in the x-y plane of the
electrode. Polyethylene can be formed and joined using common industrial
techniques such as injection moulding, extrusion and heat welding techniques. All
these techniques lend themselves to highly automated and low cost mass production.
The electrolyte is based on zinc bromide salt solution, which is commonly available
at low costs. The low cost of both materials and manufacturing ensures that a low
cost battery can be produced.
The technology is considered safe, since none of the materials used in cell builds
or electrolytes are classified as toxic. Only when a battery is charged the corrosive
element bromine is produced in the positive cell halves, however, only a very low
concentration of bromine is present in a discharged battery. The health concern with
bromine is vapour inhalation and skin and eye contact. Several levels of protection
have been implemented to ensure that human contact with bromine will not occur
[63]. The level of risk of NFZBB compares favorably with lead acid batteries and
gasoline powered internal combustion engines.
The relatively low power density is the main drawback of the NFZBB. The
projected power density for the NFZBB is 100W/kg and the 24 V NFZBB pack, for
example, can deliver 2 kW power. Correspondingly, the internal resistance of the
NFZBB is relatively high. However, this drawback can be compensated by a novel
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
78
power management scheme employing a bank of high-power energy storage device,
which will be addressed in Section 4.4 and Section 4.5.
Since the NFZBB is a new battery technology and there is so far only one
publication introducing this technology, the details of the NFZBB are given in
Appendix A (courtesy of the author of [63]).
4.4 The Load-Leveling Concept and High-Power Energy
Storage Devices in EVs
4.4.1 The Load-leveling Concept in EVs
As stated earlier, of all the sub-systems used in EVs, the battery remains the main
barrier to success. The challenge is that design choices for energy density, power
density, lifetime, weight, volume, and cost of the battery are all compromises. The
three leading performance criteria of a battery, energy, power and life are
inextricably linked within an “eternal triangle” [64]. Improvement in any one comes
at the expense of one or both of the others. For example, the common way to
improve the power performance of a battery is to use thinner electrodes, but this
usually lowers both the energy density and the life expectancy. Cost is another major
concern. The lead acid battery is the most commonly used battery in EVs since it is
cheaper than alternative technologies. However its energy density is low. Using
advanced batteries such as NiMH and NiCd can improve EV range performance.
Unfortunately they are very expensive.
For a high-performance EV, both the energy requirement for drive range and the
peak power requirement for acceleration, overtaking and deceleration must be met.
The ratio of the required peak power to average power can be many times. Generally
speaking, in a battery, peaks of power imply increase of losses and temperature and
so decrease of lifetime [65].
Employing high-power energy storage devices in electric vehicle drivelines to
load level the battery can significantly reduce the peak power requirement for the
battery [19, 66-70]. The high-power energy storage devices supply the peak power
during acceleration while the batteries supply the continuous power for normal
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
79
driving. This offers opportunities to design and use EV batteries that are optimized
for energy density, life and low cost with less attention being given to the peak
power.
At this time, advanced high-power energy storage technologies with high
potential include high-power batteries, ultracapacitors, and flywheels [71], which are
briefly described below.
4.4.2 High-Power Batteries
Among Lead-acid, NiCd and NiMH technologies, lead-acid batteries have the highest
power density (or specific power) as shown in Figure 4.7 previously. In the future, it
is anticipated that bipolar lead-acid batteries will have twice the specific power of
both NiCd and NiMH batteries [6].
For power assist purposes, batteries have to be frequently deep-cycled.
Unfortunately, lead-acid batteries have historically had a relatively short life when
deep-cycled. Bipolar lead-acid batteries have potential of 4 to 5 times longer life than
today’s lead-acid batteries [6] and then might become suitable for power assist
purpose in EVs and HEVs, in this respect. However, recharging time of any batteries
may be too long for the power assist purpose in EVs.
4.4.3 Flywheels
Flywheels are being considered as a way to mechanically store kinetic energy in EVs.
Once set in motion, a flywheel will continue to rotate unless energy is added to speed
it up or removed to slow it down. Modern flywheels employ a high-strength
composite rotor that rotates in a vacuum chamber to minimize aerodynamic losses. A
motor/generator is mounted on the rotor’s shaft both to spin the rotor up to speed
(charging) and to convert the rotor’s kinetic energy to electrical energy (discharging).
A high-strength containment structure houses the rotating elements and low-energy
loss bearings stabilize the shaft. Interface electronics are needed to convert the
alternating current to direct current, condition the power, and monitor and control the
flywheel. Flywheels potentially have excellent high power density and long service
life compared with batteries. They are being used in standby power supplies [72],
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
80
spacecraft energy store systems [21], and electric vehicle propulsion [73]. A flywheel
is sometimes referred to as an “electromechanical battery”.
While optimistic estimates for specific power of flywheels range between
2000W/kg (short-term) and 8000W/kg (long-term), current prototype flywheels have
much lower specific energy and power density [6].
Although the principle behind employing a flywheel for EV propulsion is fairly
straightforward, building a flywheel system for EV application has been challenging.
Flywheels in EV applications are still in development stage. Efforts must be made to
increase their specific energy and specific power, reduce material costs, design
lightweight containment, and develop simplified system integration before they can
be commercially viable for EVs.
4.4.4 Ultracapacitors
Ultracapacitors are higher specific energy versions of electrolytic capacitors, devices
that store energy as an electrostatic charge. Table 4.3 shows the specifications of
Maxwell’s ultracapacitor PC7223.
The most significant feature of the ultracapacitor is its high power density. This
feature makes ultracapacitors very much suitable for applications needing repeated
bursts of power for short time such as power assist during accelerations and hill
climbing, as well as high-efficiency recovery of kinetic energy during braking.
Table 4.3 Specifications of Maxwell ultracapacitor PC7223
Capacitance 2700 FStored Energy 7142 JMaximum Voltage 2.3 VRated current 400 ADC Series resistance 0.85 mohmPeak power @ 2.3V 3055W/kgEnergy Efficiency 98% @ 60 seconds,
83% @ 6 secondsCycle life Hundreds of thousands timesWeight 800 kg
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
81
It has been well documented that high regenerative pulse current shorten battery
lives for most types of batteries [74]. With the help of the ultracapacitors to absorb
the regenerative current, the battery life can be extended.
Another key aspect of ultracapacitors is that they have excellent cycle life. It is
possible to cycle ultracapacitors very quickly and deeply without seeing large
decreases in cycle life that most chemical batteries experience. They are expected to
last as long as the vehicle. They also have high cycle efficiency compared to
chemical batteries.
4.4.5 Summary
At this stage, technically, ultracapacitors are more practical than flywheels and high-
power batteries to be used as auxiliary energy / power storage for load-leveling
purpose in EVs. Price of ultracapacitors is high for the time being but should drop as
the production volume increases. The specifications of ultracapacitors such as
specific energy and ESR are also being further improved [67, 71, 75]. High-power
batteries are able to provide high pulse power at reasonable cost, however the short
cycle life and long charging time are serious limitations. Ideally flywheels are
suitable for load-leveling purposes in EVs, but they are still some distance away from
commercial viability for EVs.
4.5 A Novel EV Power Management Scheme Employing
Zinc-Bromine Batteries and Ultracapacitors
The NTCER EV will employ the NFZBB, which features high energy density, long
lifetime, low cost and recyclability, as prime mover to provide continuous power for
cruising, and a secondary power storage--a high-power ultracapacitor bank to load
level the NFZBB, processing peak power during acceleration, climbing and
regenerative braking. This novel power management scheme fully takes advantages
of the NFZBB and the ultracapacitor, providing a good example of the
implementation of the load leveling in EV applications. In other words, by employing
the high-power energy storage devices to load level the NFZBB battery in the
NTCER EV, the battery energy density and peak power density requirements are
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
82
decoupled. Employing the NFZBB with peak power assist using ultracapacitors in an
EV has not been reported by other authors.
Ultracapacitors have the feature that their voltage is directly proportional to their
state-of-charge. The main problem of connecting ultracapacitors directly to the
batteries is that only a small part of the ultracapacitor capacity is utilized, limited to a
narrow, high state-of-charge region. Besides, a high voltage ultracapacitor bank (at
the battery voltage) is usually expensive and /or oversized.
A power electronics interface is needed to fully utilize the energy storage and provide
adequate control to make the operation of the ultracapacitor bank effective. Several
different ways to insert an ultracapacitor bank into drive trains [65, 70, 76-78] have
been reported. A typical scheme is shown in Figure 4.7, which employs a
bidirectional dc-dc converter between the ultracapacitor bank and the batteries. In
this scheme, the energy flow in the ultracapacitor bank can be controlled
independently of battery voltage and power. With the battery directly connected to
the bus, the dc-dc converter only processes peak power for a short time, minimizing
the energy efficiency degradation. With the ultracapacitor connected to the lower-
voltage side, this scheme does not require a high voltage ultracapacitor bank that is
usually expensive. Using a dc-dc converter gives flexibility in choosing the power,
energy and voltage of the ultracapacitor with affordable cost, and allows full control
of the output power of the ultracapacitor.
N F Z B B P W MInverter
B id irec tiona lD C -D C
C onverter
U CM
Figure 4.7 Connection configuration of the ultracapacitor bankin the propulsion system for load leveling purpose
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
83
Using six 24V NFZBB packs that can store a total energy of 6 kWh should allow
60 km drive range, but can provide only 12 kW peak power (corresponding to 90 A
peak current). That is not high enough for good acceleration performance of the
vehicle. The extra power required, about 10 kW, will be provided by the
ultracapacitor bank.
4.6 Simulation and Optimization of the EV Power System
4.6.1 The Simulation Model Using Matlab / Simulink
One of the keys to successfully employing ultracapacitors to load level EV batteries
is to correctly determine the power ratings of the ultracapacitor bank and the dc-dc
converter. The efficiency of the dc-dc converter will vary substantially with the
operating points in the calculations, making calculation challenging. Due to the
switch-mode operation of the dc-dc converter and variations in circuit parameters, it
is more accurate and convenient to use Matlab/Simulink simulation to look at the
operation of the power system. By simulation, the bus voltage, maximum output
current of the dc-dc converter at different ultracapacitor voltages, discharging
currents and the inverter currents can be obtained. Output power and efficiency of the
dc-dc converter and the whole power system can then be calculated. Based on these
data, the sizing of the ultracapacitor bank and the dc-dc converter power rating can be
determined.
Matlab / Simulink models were developed for these tasks. Figure 4.8 shows the
model of the dc-dc converter in boost mode. According to [79], the ultracapacitor
(UC) can be modeled as an ideal capacitor in series with a resistor that has the value
of the cell ESR. For discharges longer than 2 seconds this model is accurate enough
[80]. For the MOSFET, the on-resistance, lead inductance and a resistor-capacitor
(RC) snubber are included. For the diode, the forward voltage drop, the lead
inductance and an RC snubber are considered. The boost inductor is modeled as an
ideal inductor with a resistor in series. The value of the series resistor is determined
by both the calculation and measurement. The NFZBB is modeled as an ideal voltage
source in series with an internal resistor.
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
84
G a te B o o st
b u s
+-
v
V b u s
B u sL in k
T o Wo rksp a ce 2
In d Cu rre n t
T o Wo rksp a ce 1
t
T o Wo rksp a ce
S te p Re sp o n se
Sawwav es
S a wwa veRu c
>
Re la ti o n a l
O p e ra to r
Rb a tt1 5 .4 (s+5 9 4 )
s
P I Co m p
M u x
M u x4M u x
M u x2
M u x
M u x1
L i m i t1
1 5 0 AL 1
i+
-
In ve rte r
1 5 0
I_ u c1 _ cm d
1 2 0
I_ lo a d3 .2 e 4
s+3 .2 e 4
Fi l te r2
1 .3 4 e 4
s+1 .3 4 e 4
Fi l te r1
Clo ck
Cb u s
B u sl i n k2
B u sL in k
1 g
2 m
B o o st S wi tch
ak
m
B o o st D io d e
1 4 4 V
B a tt UC
+i-
I_ u c2
+i-
I_ u c1
+i-
I_ b a tt
+i-
2
+i-
1
+i -
Figure 4.8 Matlab / Simulink model of the dc-dc converter in boost mode
It is believed that the whole simulation model is accurate enough for the
purposes of sizing the ultracapacitor and the dc-dc converter, and providing design
guidelines for the propulsion power system.
4.6.2 The Simulation Results and Determination of the Power
Rating of the Ultracapacitor Bank and the DC-DC Converter
Simulations were done at various operating points:
1. With different numbers of ultracapacitors;
2. At different ultracapacitor voltages or state-of-charge (SOC), i.e., the full voltage,
90%, 80%, 70% and 60% of the full voltage;
3. At different load currents (drawn by the inverter);
4. At different ultracapacitor charging currents.
A numbers of voltages and currents were recorded, including:
Vuc – the ultracapacitor voltage;
Vbus – the bus voltage (the battery terminal voltage);
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
85
Iload – the current drawn by the inverter;
Iuc1 – the discharging current of the ultracapacitors;
Iboost – the output current of the boost converter.
Based on the measurements above, the following were calculated:
INFZBB – the battery current;
Puc – the power out of the ultracapacitors assuming 100% efficiency;
Pboost1 – the power out of the ultracapacitors or the input power of the boost
converter;
Pboost2 – the output power of the boost converter;
Effi_boost – the efficiency of the boost converter;
Effi_boost_uc – the efficiency of the short-term power unit (STPU) including the dc-dc
(boost) converter and ultracapacitors.
Firstly, the simulations were carried out with 20 ultracapacitors. Figure 4.9
shows the output power and efficiencies of STPU with 20 ultracapacitors in series
(46 V when fully charged), at different discharging currents. Figure 4.10 shows
similar results with 30 ultracapacitors in series (69 V when fully charged).
Several observations may be made from the results of the simulations.
1. At the discharging current rate of 150 A, the STPU with 30 or less number of
ultracapacitors is not able to provide the required 10 kW power, even when the
ultracapacitors are fully charged. While increasing the discharging current rate
can result in higher power output, the efficiency of the STPU drops significantly
as the discharging current rate increases, which is undesirable. It is desirable to
use a high voltage ultracapacitor bank to achieve high efficiency of the STPU.
2. The output power capability and efficiency of the STPU both decrease with
decreasing the ultracapacitors’ state of charge. For high output power capability
and efficiency, the voltage variation of the ultracapacitor bank should be limited
to a manageable range.
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
86
0
2
4
6
8
20 25 30 35 40 45 50
UC Voltage (V)
PP
AU
Out
put P
ower
(kW
)I_uc1=150 A
I_uc1=200 A
(a)
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
20 25 30 35 40 45 50
UC Voltage (V)
PP
AU
Effi
cien
cy (
%)
I_uc1=150 A
I_uc1=200 A
(b)
Figure 4.9 Output power capacity and efficiency of the STPU employing 20 ultracapacitors
Based on the above, the STPU with 40 ultracapacitors in series (92 V when fully
charged) appear to be able to function effectively, in terms of output power capability
and efficiency. Figure 4.11 shows the simulation and calculation results. It can be
seen that, with 150 A current discharging the ultracapacitors, the STPU can provide
output power ranging from 12.2 kW to 8 kW when the ultracapacitor voltage varies
from its full voltage to 70% of the full voltage, while the efficiency of the STPU
stays between 88.5% and 82%. These numbers are satisfactory, implying that this
STPU has adequate efficiency and high power output capability in a wide range of
variation of the ultracapacitor voltage.
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
87
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
30 40 50 60 70 80
UC Voltage (V)
PP
AU
Out
put P
ower
(kW
)I_uc1=150 A
I_uc1=200 A
(a)
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
30 40 50 60 70 80
UC Voltage (V)
PP
AU
Effi
cien
cy (
%)
I_uc1=150 A
I_uc1=200 A
(b)
Figure 4.10 Output power capacity and efficiency of the STPU employing 30ultracapacitors
It should be noted that the simulation results also indicate that the magnitude of
inverter current has little effect on the output power capability and efficiency of the
STPU when the ultracapacitors are discharged at a constant current rate. On the other
hand, the magnitude of the inverter current does affect the amount of the battery
current. The STPU should be controlled, such that the STPU would never charge the
battery, to avoid any unnecessary energy flow and loss.
It is necessary to examine the energy available and energy utilization of the
ultracapacitor bank with 40 ultracapacitors when the ultracapacitor voltage varies
from its full voltage to 70%. Based on the data for Maxwell’s PC7223 ultracapacitors
in Table 4.3, half of the stored energy of 40 PC7223 ultracapacitors is
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
88
02468
101214
50 60 70 80 90 100
UC Voltage (V)
PP
AU
Out
put P
ower
(kW
)
(a)
70
75
80
85
90
50 60 70 80 90 100
UC Voltage (V)
PP
AU
Effi
cien
cy (
%)
(b)
Figure 4.11 Output power capacity and efficiency of the STPUemploying 40 ultracapacitors
147.84 kW-second, allowing discharging for about 15 seconds at an average rate of
10 kW. This is adequate to meet the acceleration performance requirement.
Discharging the ultracapacitor from its full voltage to 70% corresponds to 51%
ultracapacitor energy released, indicating that a large amount of ultracapacitor energy
is controllable.
40 Maxwell’s ultracapacitors PC7223 weigh 32 kg and a 10 kW dc-dc converter
will weigh about 13 kg, giving a total weight of 45 kg. However, if only the NFZBBs
were used to achieve the required maximum power, then double the number of
NFZBB packs (12 NFZBB packs) would be needed, requiring an additional 6
NFZBB packs which weigh 120 kg. Thus the use of the STPU offers 75 kg weight
saving. It is well known that vehicle energy consumption is mass dependent. Energy
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
89
consumption of the NTCER EV with and without the additional 75 kg mass on the
FUDS were calculated as 1.048 kWh and 0.9795 kWh, respectively. These numbers
indicate that the 75 kg weight saving resulting from employing the STPU represents
about 7 % energy saving in the NTCER EV.
From all the above analysis, it can be concluded that the STPU employing 40
Maxwell’s ultracapacitor PC7223 with discharging current of 150 A is a good
solution. It can provide enough power and energy for good acceleration performance
with high efficiency, offer vehicle weight saving representing energy saving, and
allow good utilization of the ultracapacitors.
4.6.3 Control Rules for the DC-DC Converter for Load Leveling the
Batteries
1. To maintain high efficiency in the STPU, the ultracapacitor voltage is allowed to
vary from full voltage to 70% of full voltage, corresponding to about half of the
total stored energy to be controlled.
2. The batteries charge the ultracapacitors when the power demand of the electric
vehicle is low.
3. The dc-dc converter is activated only when the motor current command exceeds a
threshold (positive or negative) and the power out of or into the battery exceeds a
certain value. Too frequent charging and discharging between the batteries and
the ultracapacitors should be avoided, to reduce energy loss.
4. While the dc-dc converter is working, it is desirable that the ultracapacitor current
(the inductor current) is kept constant and the remainder of the current required is
provided by the batteries. This control strategy simplifies the control circuit.
5. The STPU should be controlled such that the STPU would never charge the
batteries, to avoid any unnecessary energy flow and loss. To ensure this, the
ultracapacitor current (the inductor current) command is given according to the
motor current command. Considering Control Rule 4, the inductor current
command is given in a form of step constant according to the motor current
command. For example, the inductor current is set to 110 A when the motor
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
90
current command is between 60 to 90 A, and 150 A when the motor current
command is between 90 to 120 A.
4.6.4 Simulation Results on the Voltage and Current Transients of
the Short Term Power Unit
In establishing the effectiveness of the STPU, simulations on Matlab/Simulink were
carried out to observe the voltage and current transients of the STPU. According to
the control rules for the dc-dc converter for load leveling the batteries in Section
4.6.3, while the dc-dc converter is working, the ultracapacitor current (the inductor
current) is kept constant (Rule 4 & 5 in Section 4.6.3). Therefore, a negative
feedback loop is closed on the inductor current, as shown in Figure 4.12. The current
source I_load represents the inverter motor combination which is current-controlled.
The inductance value is 40 �H and the switching frequency of the MOSFETs is fixed
at 20 kHz. A PI compensation network has been designed for the current control.
The bus capacitor of the inverter, Cbus, is considered as part of the STPU. I_uc2 in
Figure 4.12 is defined as the output current of the STPU in boost mode when it is
positive, and as the input current of the STPU in buck mode when it is negative.
L
Sboos t
D boos t
U C
D buck
Sbuck
V bat tV uc
Dr iver Dr iver
SbuckSboos t
Swi tch ingSteer ingCircu i t
PI_i
C bus Bat tery
I _uc1
I _ u c 1 _ c m d
I _ load
I _uc2
I _uc1
Figure 4.12 Control diagram of the bi-directional dc-dc converter for the purpose of loadleveling the batteries
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
91
Two types of simulation results during transient conditions in both the boost
mode and buck mode respectively are presented in the following sections. The first
type is the response of the ultracapacitor current (the inductor current) to a step input
command. The second type is the current and voltage waveforms at the bus link,
including I_uc2, I_batt, I_load and V_bus, under the same stimulus.
4.6.4.1 Voltage and Current Transients of the STPU in Boost Mode
Figure 4.13 shows simulated step response of the current loop of the STPU in boost
mode. It can be seen that the inductor current (the ultracapacitor current) follows its
command very well. It takes about only 150 �s for the inductor current to reach 150
amperes from zero, without overshoot.
The ripple current in the ultracapacitors is determined by the inductance value
and the switching frequency and is limited to 20 A, as can be seen in Figure 4.13
(b). It should be noted that Maxwell’s ultracapacitor PC7223 is rated at 400 A.
Therefore, with the ripple current well controlled, the ultracapacitors can handle 150
A average current with ease, ensuring their long lifetime.
Figure 4.14 shows the battery current, bus voltage, and output current of the
STPU in boost mode by simulation. When the inverter current is +40 A, only the
batteries provide the power and the STPU is disabled. At an inverter current demand
of +120 A, the STPU is activated, and both the STPU and the batteries provide
power to the motor / inverter. When the ultracapacitor voltage is 82.8 V, 90% of full
voltage, and the motor / inverter demand is set to 150 A, the STPU provides 89.5 A
and the batteries 39.5 A, as shown in Figure 4.14 (a). With the same motor / inverter
current setting but at 64.4 V ultracapacitor voltage (70% of full voltage), the STPU
provides less current, being 61 A, and the batteries provide more, being 59 A, as
shown in Figure 4.14 (b). In both cases, transients take about 2 ms and the variation
and ripple of the bus voltage are very small.
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
92
G a te B o o st
b u s
+-
v
V _ b u s
B u sL i n k
T o W o rksp a ce 2
In d Cu rre n t
T o W o rksp a ce 1
t
T o W o rksp a ce
S te p _ l o a d
S te p _ I_ u c1
S te p R e sp o n se
S awwav es
S a w wa ve
>
Re l a t i o n a l
O p e ra to r
R_ u c
R_ b a tt1 5 .4 (s+ 5 9 4 )
s
P I C o m p
M u x
M u x4M u x
M u x2
M u x
M u x1
L i m i t1
1 5 0 A L 1
i+
-
In ve rte r3 .2 e 4
s+ 3 .2 e 4
F i l te r2
1 .3 4 e 4
s+ 1 .3 4 e 4
F i l te r1
C l o ck
Cb u s
B u sl i n k2
B u sL i n k
1 g
2 m
B o o st S w i tch
ak
m
B o o st D i o d e
UC
+i-
I_ u c2
+i-
I_ u c1
+i-
I_ b a tt
B a tt
+i-
2
+i-
1
+i -
(a)
(b)
Figure 4.13 Simulink block diagram and simulated step response of the current loop of theSTPU in boost mode
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
93
(a)
(b)
Figure 4.14 Battery current, bus voltage and currents of the STPU in boost mode bysimulation
Step load : initial value –– 40A, final value –– 120ACurrent command in the ultracapacitors (the inductor): 150A
Trace 1: bus voltage (from top to bottom)Trace 2: current command in the ultracapacitors
Trace 3: output current of the STPUTrace 4: battery current
(a) Ultracapacitor voltage is 82.8V, 90% of full voltage(b) Ultracapacitor voltage is 64.4V, 70% of full voltage
1
2
3
4
2
1
3
4
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
94
4.6.4.2 Voltage and Current Transients of the STPU in Buck Mode
The voltage and current transients of the STPU in buck mode are similar to those in
boost mode, except that all the currents in buck mode are in the opposite directions
and become negative in value.
G a te B u ck
b u s
+-
v
V b u s
B u sL in k
T o Wo rksp a ce 2
In d Cu rre n t
T o Wo rksp a ce 1
t
T o Wo rksp a ce
S te p _ lo a d
S te p _ I_ u c1
S te p Re sp o n se
Sawwav es
S a wwa veRu c
>
Re la ti o n a l
O p e ra to r
Rb a tt1 5 .4 (s+5 9 4 )
s
P I Co m pNO T
No t
M u x
M u x4M u x
M u x2
M u x
M u x1
L im i t1
1 5 0 A L 1
i+
-
In ve rte r3 .2 e 4
s+3 .2 e 4
Fi l te r2
1 .3 4 e 4
s+1 .3 4 e 4
Fi l te r1
Clo ck
Cb u s
B u sl i n k2
B u sL in k
1
g
2
m
B u ck S wi tch
a
k m
B u ck Dio d e
UC
+i-
I_ u c2
+i-
I_ u c1
+i-
I_ b a tt
B a tt
+i-
2
+i-
1
+i -
(a)
(b)
Figure 4.15 Simulink block diagram and simulated step response of the current loop of theSTPU in buck mode
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
95
(a)
(b)
Figure 4.16 Battery current, bus voltage and currents of the STPU in buck mode bysimulation
Regenerative current : -120ACurrent command in the ultracapacitors (the inductor): -150A
Trace 1: bus voltage (from top to bottom)Trace 2: battery current
Trace 3: current taken by the STPUTrace 4: current command in the ultracapacitors
(a) Ultracapacitor voltage is 64.4V, 70% of full voltage(b) Ultracapacitor voltage is 82.8V, 90% of full voltage
2
2
1
3
4
1
3
4
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
96
The excellent step response of the current loop of the STPU in buck mode can be
seen in Figure 4.15. Figure 4.16 shows the battery current, bus voltage, and input
current of the STPU in buck mode. When the ultracapacitor voltage is 64.4 V, 70%
of full voltage, and the motor / inverter current is set to -150 A, the STPU absorbs 73
A of 120 A regenerative current and the batteries take the rest (47 A), as shown in
Figure 4.16 (a). With the same motor / inverter current setting, but at 82.8 V
ultracapacitor voltage (90% of full voltage), the STPU absorbs more regenerative
current, 95 A, and the batteries take 25 A, as shown in Figure 4.16 (b). In both cases,
transients take about 2 ms and the bus voltage is very smooth.
The simulation results on voltage and current transients of the STPU in both
boost mode and buck mode have shown the excellent dynamic performance of the
STPU. These, along with the high efficiency the STPU presented in Section 4.6.2,
have demonstrated the effectiveness of the STPU.
4.7 Overall Power Control in the NTCER EV
In Section 4.5 – 4.6, a short-term power assist scheme, which employs a high-power
ultracapacitor bank to load level the NFZBB, where the NFZBB is designed and
optimized for high energy, high life cycle, and low cost was presented. The STPU
operates when the motor speeds are below the base speed, which is proportional to
battery voltage. At motor speeds above the base speed, a speed extension and
constant power operation control scheme was discussed in Section 3.4. The overall
power control scheme in the NTCER EV for all speeds is illustrated in Figure 4.17.
At very low speeds, all the power comes from the battery. High torque can be
obtained, since the required power, which is proportional to motor speed, is within
the output power capability of the battery. Above a threshold motor speed, n1, the
STPU will be activated to provide additional power when high acceleration is
required. While the shaded triangle shows the extra power required for high
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
97
M ax im u m T orq u e
S p eednb nm0
C on stan tP ow er
P ow er
P ow er P rov id edb y U C
E xtraP ow er
R eq u ired
n2n1
Figure 4.17 The concept of the overall power management
acceleration, the STPU actually provides power shown in the hatched rectangle and
the battery provides the remainder of the power, in order to simplify the control. The
operation of STPU is disabled at speed n2, due to the upper power limit of the STPU.
At motor speeds above the base speed, nb, the battery voltage is boosted to higher
voltage for speed extension and constant power operation of the motor.
In the whole speed range, from zero to nm, the maximum torque envelope is
shown as a dashed line in Figure 4.17. This maximum torque – speed envelope is
similar to the conventional torque-speed characteristic of an internal combustion
engine with a transmission. That is, the motor provides high torque at low speeds and
lower torque at high speeds, which is familiar to ICE vehicle drivers.
It should be noted that in Figure 4.17, nb could be extended up to nm, determined
by the power ratings of the battery and the STPU, and device ratings.
4.8 A Novel Multifunctional DC-DC Converter Topology
for the Overall Power Management in the NTCER EV
4.8.1 Topology Derivation
As can be seen from Section 4.5, the EV battery load-leveling scheme employing an
ultracapacitor bank requires a bidirectional dc-dc converter with the ultracapacitors
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
98
connected to its lower-voltage side and the battery to its higher-voltage side. On the
other hand, the constant power operation of the brushless dc motor at speeds above
the base speed, as discussed in Chapter 3, requires another bidirectional dc-dc
converter with the battery connected to the lower-voltage side and the motor/inverter
to the higher-voltage side. If two separate bidirectional dc-dc converters are
employed and connected in cascade, as shown in Figure 4.18, the whole circuit will
be very complicated and expensive. Furthermore, the conduction losses will be
excessive and then an efficiency penalty will be imposed since there are too many
loss-causing components in the current paths. A few other dc-dc converter
configurations for EV propulsion were reported in the literature [69, 70, 81], but they
addressed either a fewer number of functions or some different functions.
It is desirable to use only one bidirectional dc-dc converter for all these
functions. This requires three switches to disconnect the converter and turn the
converter around for boosting the battery voltage. Using three semiconductor
switches for this purpose is one possibility, however this will make the circuit more
complicated since these switches must be bidirectionally controllable. Furthermore,
semiconductor switches will cause considerable conduction loss in this high current
application.
A novel multifunctional dc-dc converter has been proposed for the overall
energy / power management. Figure 4.19 shows its power stage schematic. It consists
U C
L2
N FZB B Sb o o st2
Sb u c k 2L1
Sb o o st1
Sb u c k 1
D C -D C C onverter 1 D C -D C C onverter 2
C PW MInverter M
Figure 4.18 Two-stage scheme for the overall power managementusing two separate dc-dc converters in cascade
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
99
LC on tac to r
AB
C
S 1 S 3
S 4S 2
S 5
S 6
1
2
M
In verter/m oto r
B a tt
U C
Sbo o st
Sbu ck
D sch o t.
S C RC
Figure 4.19 The proposed multifunctional dc-dc converter topologyfor the overall power management
of a simple bidirectional dc-dc converter, a Schottky diode Dschot, an SCR and a
changeover contactor. To achieve a simple layout, a half-bridge semiconductor
switch module can implement Sbuck and Sboost. The diode, the SCR and the
changeover contactor are used to move the battery from the higher-voltage side to the
lower-voltage side of the converter for constant power operation of the brushless dc
motor. Dschot and the SCR form a very cost-effective and efficient bidirectional
switch in this particular application. The use of a magnetic contactor here is practical
since the contactor switches at very low frequencies, only when the operation mode
needs to be changed. It offers two significant advantages over semiconductor devices.
Firstly, it is a bidirectional device with very simple control. Secondly, it causes little
conduction loss. It is obvious that the proposed multifunctional dc-dc converter is
superior to the two-dc-dc-converter-cascaded scheme in circuitry simplicity, cost, and
efficiency.
It is very important to note that the contactor is always closed or opened under
zero-current-switching (ZCS) condition. This is necessary; otherwise the necessity of
arc extinguishing will make the contactor oversized and very expensive. The ZCS
condition can be ensured by proper control of the dc-dc converter, as will be
discussed in Section 4.8.2.3.
It should also be noted that a large electrolyte capacitor inside the inverter
decouples the operation of the dc-dc converter and the inverter/motor. Therefore,
analysis of the complete drive system can be performed through analysing each
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
100
power stage separately. The following section illustrates the operation principles of
the proposed multifunctional dc-dc converter. Operation and control issues of the
three-phase inverter / motor (BDCM) have been discussed in Chapter 3. In brief, the
BDCM for the EV propulsion is current-controlled or torque-controlled. While vector
control or field-oriented control (FOC) is widely used in induction motors [47, 117-
119], it is not used in BDCM control. Using field-oriented control, a highly coupled,
nonlinear, multivariable induction motor can be simply controlled through linear
independent decoupled control of torque and flux, similar to separately excited dc
motors. Field-oriented control also sees its application in some permanent magnet
synchronous motors which possess sinusoidal back EMF waveforms and relatively
large armature reaction [47, 120]. However, as armature reaction in BDCMs is little
and the back EMF waveforms and phase current waveforms are trapezoidal / square,
excellent performance of torque control can be easily achieved through simple
current control based on rotor position information. This is one of distinguished
features of BDCMs.
4.8.2 Operation Principles and Topology Analysis
4.8.2.1 At Motor Speeds below the Base Speed
At motor speed below the base speed, the contactor is in Position 2 and the dc-dc
converter works for load leveling. During normal driving, Figure 4.20 (a), only the
battery provides the inverter/motor power through a low forward voltage Schottky
diode, Dschot. and the dc-dc converter is disabled
During acceleration, the dc-dc converter is working in boost mode and the
ultracapacitors provide power within the maximum limit of the dc-dc converter. The
battery provides the rest of the power beyond the capacity of the dc-dc converter.
This mode is illustrated in Figure 4.20 (b).
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
101
MP W MInverter
L 2
Batt .
Sboos t
Sbuck
1
2
U C
Contactor
C 1
S C RD schot .
(a)
MP W MInver ter
L 2
Bat t .
Sboost
Sbuck
1
2
U C
Contac to r
C 1
S C RD schot.
(b)
Figure 4.20 Operation mode at motor speeds below the base speed.(a) During normal driving, the dc-dc converter is disabled.
(b) During acceleration, the dc-dc converter is working in boost mode. Both thebattery and ultracapacitors provide power to the inverter/motor.
Figure 4.21 shows the sub-topology during regenerative braking. The inverter is
working in boost-regeneration mode and the dc-dc converter is working in buck
mode with a maximum current limit in the inductor. The SCR is triggered by the
regeneration command when the contactor is in Position 2 to allow the battery to take
the rest of the kinetic energy recovered from regenerative braking. It is desirable to
repetitively trigger the thyristor to ensure its conduction any time during
regeneration.
During deceleration at very low speeds, for example, below 15 km/h, the
mechanical braking will dominate.
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
102
MPW MIn verter
L
B att.
Sbo o st
Sbu ck
1
2
U C
C on tac to r
C1
D scho t. SC R
Figure 4.21 Regeneration mode at motor speeds below the base speed. The dc-dc converteris working in buck mode and the inverter is working in boost-regeneration mode.
MPW MIn verter
L
B a tt.
Sbo o st
Sbu ck
1
2
U C
C on tacto r
C 1
D scho t. SC R
Figure 4.22 Battery charging the ultracapacitors. The dc-dc converter is workingin buck mode
The kinetic energy recovered from regenerative braking may not be enough to
fully charge the ultracapacitors. When the power demand of the electric vehicle is
low, for example, when idling or driving at very low speed, the batteries charge the
ultracapacitors. This operation mode is shown in Figure 4.22.
4.8.2.2 At Motor Speeds above the Base Speed
When the motor speed increases close to the base speed, the controller will switch the
contactor to Position 1 and keep the SCR off. Figure 4.23 shows the sub-topology in
motoring mode. The dc-dc converter is working in boost mode, making the bus
voltage higher than the battery voltage to achieve speed extension and constant
power operation of the motor. As mentioned earlier, a Schottky diode is used for
Dschot to minimize the conduction loss. This is practical since the reverse voltage
across Dschot is only the difference of the maximum bus voltage and the battery
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
103
L
B att.
Sbu ck
1
2
C ontacto r
C 1Sbo o st
D scho t.MPW M
InverterSC RU C
Figure 4.23 Constant power operation (in motoring mode) when motor speeds are abovethe base speed. The dc-dc converter is working in boost mode.
L
B att.
Sbu ck
1
2
C on tacto r
C1
Sbo o st MPW M
In verterC o m m u tat io n
o nly
D scho t.
SC RU C
Figure 4.24 Buck-regeneration operation when motor speeds are much higher thanthe base speed. The dc-dc converter is working in buck mode.
L
B att.
Sbuck
1
2
C on tac to r
C 1Sbo o st
D scho t.
M
P W MIn verterin H ybrid
B o o st-R egeneratio n
M o de
S C RU C
Figure 4.25 Hybrid boost-regeneration mode when motor speeds are marginally higherthan the base speed. Sbuck in the dc-dc converter is kept on constantly.
voltage, less than one hundred volts in the NTCER EV. When this constant-power-
boost operation is needed, Dschot has negative bias and turns off automatically.
Regulation of the regeneration current when the motor line-line back EMF is
much higher than the battery voltage is shown in Figure 4.24. The inverter is
controlled for commutation only, similar to a three-phase rectifier, and the dc-dc
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
104
converter in this case works as a buck converter to regulate the regeneration current.
This operation mode is called buck-regeneration mode.
To obtain a high, controlled regeneration current when the motor speed is only
marginally higher than the base speed, PWM switching operation of the inverter is
activated and Sbuck in the dc-dc converter is kept on constantly, as illustrated in
Figure 4.25. In this mode, operation of the inverter is in hybrid boost-regeneration
mode. The details of the operation of a BDCM in buck-regeneration mode and hybrid
boost-regeneration mode have been discussed in Section 3.6.
In the case of very gentle braking, the regenerative braking energy is put back
into the battery. In the case of hard braking, mechanical brakes need to be added.
4.8.2.3. Zero Current Switching (ZCS) Conditions of the Contactor
The changeover contactor must be closed or opened under ZCS condition to avoid
the necessity of arc extinguishing that would make the contactor much larger and
more expensive. Properly controlling the dc-dc converter can achieve the ZCS
conditions. The following control steps can ensure the ZCS conditions of the
contactor.
Transition from Position 2 to Position 1:
(1) Disable Sbuck and Sboost drives;
(2) Switch the contactor from Position 2 to Position 1;
Transition from Position 1 to Position 2:
(1) Activate the trigger signal of the SCR;
(2) Disable Sbuck and Sboost drives;
(3) Switch the contactor from Position 1 to Position 2;
Each transition is expected to take about 15 milliseconds, mainly determined by
the contact time of the changeover contactor. 15 milliseconds later it is safe to enable
Sbuck and Sboost drives for appropriate control.
4.9 Review
In this chapter, the power and energy requirements for the NTCER EV propulsion
system are analyzed. After an overview of EV batteries, it is concluded that none of
CHAPTER 4 NOVEL ENERGY AND POWER MANAGEMENT IN THEEV PROPULSION SYSTEM
105
the currently available EV batteries can ideally meet EV requirements in terms of
power density, energy density, lifecycle and cost. Accordingly, a novel energy and
power management scheme has been proposed. The proposed energy and power
management scheme employs the newly developed non-flowing zinc-Bromine
battery (NFZBB) and ultracapacitors (UCs). NFZBBs are optimized for specific
energy, low cost and long life, and ultracapacitors feature high power density and
long life and are used to complement the NFZBB to achieve good acceleration
performance at low speeds. Combining the two different types of energy storage can
optimize the EV propulsion system to achieve high energy for drive range, high
power for good acceleration performance, long lifetime, and low cost.
The overall power control characteristic of the EV propulsion system, resulting
from the combination of the constant power control scheme above the motor base
speed, seen in Chapter 3, and the short-term power assist scheme is presented. This
maximum torque – speed envelope is similar to the conventional torque-speed
characteristic of an internal combustion engine plus transmission. That is, the
propulsion system provides high torque at low speeds and lower torque at high
speeds with which human beings are familiar.
Both the short-term power assist scheme at low speeds and the constant power
control scheme at speeds above the base speed each require a bidirectional dc-dc
converter. Instead of using two separate dc-dc converters which will add considerable
complexity and cost to the propulsion system, a novel multifunctional dc-dc
converter has been proposed. It adds only three components to a simple conventional
bidirectional dc-dc converter and can implement all the functions required by the
overall energy/power management scheme. The principle of operation and control
rules of the multifunctional dc-dc converter are presented in detail.
106
Chapter 5
Development of the Soft-SwitchedBidirectional DC-DC Converter
5.1 Introduction
Switch-mode power conversion requires high frequency PWM operation to achieve
small size, light weight, and excellent dynamic performance of converters (including
inverters). PWM converters operating at higher switching frequency can potentially
offer better dynamic performance, as a minimum control delay and bandwidth of a
control loop are determined by switching frequencies.
Conventional hard-switching PWM converters process power by interrupting the
power flow by switching power devices abruptly. Hard switching results in
significant switching losses, electromagnetic interference (EMI) noise and switching
stresses, especially at high frequencies.
At high switching frequencies, switching losses of power devices and EMI
become serious issues. High switching losses reduce power conversion efficiency and
result in the need for larger and heavier heatsinks. Severe EMI may not only cause
stability problems in the converters and even damages of the power devices, but also
interfere with the normal operation of nearby electric/electronic equipment or
devices. To comply with international electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
standards [82, 83], EMI must be limited to a certain level. Although some of the
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
107
problems related to hard-switching techniques can be solved by using dissipative
snubbers and filters, it is often difficult to find a good compromise.
Soft-switching technologies have been good solutions for the problems
associated with high frequency operation of PWM power converters. In a soft-
switched converter, in general, power switches are commutated at zero-voltage
switching (ZVS) or zero-current switching (ZCS) condition or both zero-voltage and
zero-current switching (ZVZCS). Thus switching loss can be eliminated or in reality
minimized. Soft switching allows a reduction in heatsink size or an increase of power
density. EMI noise can be significantly reduced by using soft switching. Reliability of
the converter is also improved as a result of improved efficiency and reduced EMI
noise. It should be noted that for most soft switching techniques, the benefits of soft
switching are achieved at the cost of extra components and control complexity.
In presenting the development of the multifunctional dc-dc converter for the
NTCER EV propulsion system, this chapter highlights two main topics. Firstly, it
details the soft switching technology employed for the bidirectional dc-dc converter,
including the operational principle, simulation results, implementation issues, and
experimental results. This follows the evaluation of various soft switching
techniques. Secondly, it presents a novel design of a high power ferrite inductor with
more accurate design procedures, lower localization of core saturation, better
utilization of the magnetic cores and lower EMI levels, compared to conventional
high power ferrite inductor design.
The multifunctional dc-dc converter is basically a bidirectional dc-dc converter,
operating in boost mode for speed extension and acceleration assist, and in buck
mode for charging the ultracapacitors and the control of regenerative current. In this
chapter, the terms, multifunctional and bidirectional are interchangeable.
5.2 Evaluation of Soft Switching Techniques
Suitable soft-switching techniques and a suitable topology are highly desirable for the
bidirectional dc-dc converter to achieve efficiency improvement, size and weight
reduction, and EMI minimization. Although various soft-switching methods and
topologies have been proposed in the literature recently, many of them have
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
108
application limitations. It is a very important and practical issue to determine
appropriate soft-switching techniques to meet specific application requirements. In
determining which kind of soft-switching technique is most desirable, the following
system parameters should be taken into account:
� Voltage and current stresses on power devices imposed by the soft-switching
techniques;
� Extra loss caused by the auxiliary unit for soft switching;
� Complexity of the circuit;
� Cost of the soft-switching technique;
� Effective soft-switching range.
Other considerations should include the suitable applications of the soft-
switching technique and its limitations, and the overall benefit vs. the cost introduced
by the soft-switching technique.
Among various soft-switching techniques and topologies for dc-dc converters,
three attractive soft-switching techniques deserve close examination. They are:
1. Lossless passive soft switching methods for PWM converters;
2. Actively Clamped Resonant DC Link Converter (ACRDCLC);
3. Zero-Voltage Transition (ZVT) PWM Technique.
Lossless passive soft switching methods for PWM converters can provide soft
turn-on and turn-off conditions to the power switches [84-87]. A distinguishing
feature of the lossless passive soft switching methods is that they do not employ any
additional active components. They use resonant inductors, capacitors, and diodes to
provide soft turn-on and turn-off of the switches. Therefore, lossless passive soft
switching methods do not need additional control for soft switching and therefore the
reliability of the converters is inherently high. Unfortunately, existing lossless
passive soft switching methods are only suitable for unidirectional operation of
converters. It appears to be very difficult, if not impossible, to employ this kind of
technology for bidirectional converters, such as in this application.
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
109
Among various resonant-type soft switching techniques, the Actively Clamped
Resonant DC Link converter invented by Divan [88-90] possesses unique features.
An ACRDCLC employs a LC resonant tank to achieve zero voltage condition for all
power switches connected to the dc bus, and an active switch for the purpose of
voltage clamping. The simple topology makes this active clamped resonant technique
especially attractive to a three-phase inverter, which usually employs six power
switches.
One common property of all resonant-type converters, including ACRDCLCs,
and lossless passive soft switching PWM converters, is that they all employ a
resonant inductor in series with the power switch or the rectifier diode to shape
switch voltage or current waveforms. Soft switching is achieved by utilizing
resonance between this resonant inductor and certain resonant capacitors, which are
usually in parallel with the semiconductor devices. However, since resonant elements
are placed in the main power path, the resultant resonant converters are always
subjected to some inherent drawbacks. Firstly, since all the power flows through the
resonant inductor, high circulating energy is always flowing, which results in a
substantial increase in conduction losses. Secondly, the resonance inevitably
generates additional voltage stress on the power devices, although some voltage
clamping measures can be taken to limit the voltage stress. Besides, most resonant-
type converters are unable to maintain soft switching for a wide input voltage and
load range. This is because the energy stored in the resonant inductor depends
strongly on the input voltage and load current and consequently the soft switching
condition is sensitive to the changes of the input voltage and load current.
Instead of using a series resonant tank, an alternative way to achieve soft
switching is to use a shunt resonant network across the power switch so that the
resonant elements are removed from the main power path, alleviating the above-
mentioned limitations. Zero voltage transition (ZVT) and zero current transition
(ZCT) soft switching PWM techniques adopt such a concept [91-96]. ZVT and ZCT
soft switching techniques realize soft switching in a PWM converter without
imposing additional switching voltage and current stress and conduction loss.
Because the auxiliary ZVT circuits are not in the main power path and are actively
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
110
controlled, the capability of bidirectional operation of the basic dc-dc converter
remains.
Based on the evaluation of various soft-switching techniques as above, it is
concluded that ZVT techniques are most favorable for the bidirectional dc-dc
converter, and thus have been adopted.
5.3 ZVT Operations of the Bidirectional DC-DC
Converter
Figure 5.1 shows the circuit diagram of the ZVT bidirectional dc-dc converter.
Symbols with lower case subscript ‘x’ represent the additional components for ZVT
boost operation, and symbols with lower case subscript ‘y’ represent the additional
components for ZVT buck operation, while symbols with lower case subscript ‘xy’
represent the additional common components for both ZVT boost operation and ZVT
buck operation.
L
S1
V in
D xSx
D 2
D x2 D x3L rx
Crx
CrxyD 1
V o
A
CB
D x1
SyD y2
L ry DD y1
S2
D y
Figure 5.1 Diagram of the ZVT bidirectional dc-dc converter
5.3.1 ZVT Operation in Boost Mode
As fully-controlled active power devices are employed in the auxiliary circuits, the
operation of the converter in boost mode and buck mode are independent. To
simplify the analysis of the circuit, the equivalent circuit in boost mode is drawn in
Figure 5.2. It can be seen that the ZVT boost dc-dc PWM converter differs from a
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
111
L
S1
D xSx
D 2
D x2 D x3L rx
C rx
Crxy
D 1
A
CB
D x1V lo w V hig h
(V o)
Figure 5.2 Equivalent circuit in boost mode
conventional boost PWM converter by possessing an additional shunt resonant
network, or snubber circuit. The shunt resonant network consists of a resonant
inductor Lrx, an auxiliary switch Sx, two diodes Dx1 and Dx2, a flying capacitor Crx,
and an resonant capacitor Crxy. D2 is actually the body diode of S2. The operation
principle of the ZVT boost converter can be illustrated using the idealized current
and voltage waveforms for one switching period under the following assumptions:
� All snubber diodes have negligible reverse recovery current and forward voltage
drop;
� The MOSFETs (not including their body diodes and output capacitors) are very
fast and have negligible on-resistance;
� The inductance of the main inductor, L, is large enough to keep the inductor
current almost constant during transition intervals;
� The output voltage remains constant.
The assumptions above are very close to the real conditions. However the
notorious reverse recovery characteristics of the slow body diodes of the main
MOSFETs will be considered in the following analysis in order to yield more
practical analytical results.
In one switching period, the auxiliary switch is turned on for a short time before
the turn on of the main switch. There is a small overlap of the turn-on time of the
main switch and that of the auxiliary switch to ensure reliability of operation. One
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
112
switching period can be divided into eight intervals. Figure 5.3 shows the idealized
current and voltage waveforms for one switching period and Figure 5.4 shows the
equivalent circuits at different intervals of one switching period.
1. Interval t0 - t1
Before time t0, both the MOSFETs are off, and the diode D2 is on, delivering the
power from the input to the output. At time t0, the auxiliary MOSFET, Sx, is turned
V gs1
V gsx
i S x
i L rx
i D 2
i S 1
V ds1
(V A )
V dsx
i D x3
V C
V D 2
t0 t1 t2 t3 t4 t5 t6 t7
i L
i L
t8
i L
V o
V o
i D 2r
V o
V o
i L
i L rxm
i L rxm
Figure 5.3 Key circuit waveforms in boost mode
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
113
S1
i L
D xSx
D 2
D x2 D x3L rx
C rx
C rxy
D 1
V o
A
CB
D x1
i D 2i L rx
S1
i L
D xSx
D 2
D x2 D x3L rx
C rx
C rxy
D 1
V o
A
CB
D x1
i D 2ri L rx
S1
i L
D xSx
D 2
D x2 D x3L rx
C rx
C rxy
D 1
V o
A
CB
D x1
i L rx
S1
i L
D xSx
D 2
D x2 D x3L rx
C rx
C rxy
D 1
V o
A
CB
D x1
i L rx
S1
i L
D xSx
D 2
D x2 D x3L rx
C rx
C rxy
D 1
V o
A
CB
D x1
i L rx
S1
i L
D xSx
D 2
D x2 D x3L rx
C rx
C rxy
D 1
V o
A
CB
D x1
(a ) (b )
(c ) (d )
(e ) (f)
S1
i L
D xSx
D 2
D x2 D x3L rx
C rx
C rxy
D 1
V o
A
CB
D x1
(g )
S1
i L
D xSx
D 2
D x2 D x3L rx
C rx
C rxy
D 1
V o
A
CB
D x1
(h )
Figure 5.4 Circuit operation diagrams in boost Mode
on, then current iLrx
in Lrx builds up linearly and the current in D2, iD2, decreases. The
equivalent circuit during this interval is shown in Figure 5.4(a). Due to the resonant
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
114
inductor Lrx, Sx turns on under ZCS condition. At time t1, i
Lrx reaches the level of the
main inductor current, iL, and the current in D2 crosses zero. The main diode D2 then
turns off under ZCS condition. The mathematical descriptions of the currents are
given in the following:
)( 0ttL
Vii
rx
oLrxsx
��� (5.1)
)( 02 ttL
Viiii
rx
oLLrxLD ����� . (5.2)
The duration of the interval t1 - t
0 can be found from Equation 5.2 by letting i
D2 be
zero at t = t1:
o
rxL
V
Littt ���
� 0110 . (5.3)
2. Interval t1 - t2
During this interval, the auxiliary switch Sx is on and the main switch S1 and the
diode D2 are off. At time t
1, the diode D2 recovers its blocking characteristics. The
reverse recovery current value is iD2r
. The equivalent circuit during this interval is
shown in Figure 5.4(b). The current iLrx
(= iSx
) continues to increase. The balance of
current iLrx
, iD2r
, and iL starts to discharge capacitor Crxy. As Lrx and Crxy form a
resonant network, so the increase of iLrx
is now sinusoidal. The mathematical
descriptions for the resonant process are given as follows [91]:
)(sin)(cos 111
112 ttZ
Vttiiii o
rDLSxLrx ������ �� (5.4)
)(sin)(cos 112111 ttiZttVV rDoA ���� �� (5.5)
where
rxyrxCL1
1 �� (5.6)
rxy
rx
C
LZ �1 . (5.7)
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
115
This interval terminates at t2 when the voltage VA (or the voltage across Crxy) changes
its polarity and the diode D1 turns on, clamping VA to zero. Thus, the duration of this
interval can be found from Equation 5.5 by letting VA = 0 at t = t2:
���
����
����
�
rD
o
iZ
Vttt
2111221 arctan
1
�. (5.8)
Before t = t2, the voltage across Crx remains close to zero. Therefore VB follows VA.
Normally the reverse recovery current of the diode D2 has already dropped to zero
before t2. The current iLrx
reaches its maximum value, iLrxm
, at t2:
1Z
Vii oLLrxm �� . (5.9)
3. Interval t2 - t3
Between time t2 and t3, both the auxiliary switch Sx and the diode D1 are on and they
short the inductor Lrx, as shown in the equivalent circuit in Figure 5.4(c). Under ideal
conditions, the current in this loop remains constant at the value of iLrxm
, as given in
Equation 5.9. Although S1 is gated during this interval, there is no current flowing
through S1 since the anti-parallel diode D1 conducts. This interval ends at t = t3 when
Sx turns off under ZVS condition. Consequently, the conduction of D1 ceases and S1
conducts. It is evident that the main switch S1 turns on under ZVS condition and no
power losses occur. In particular, the reverse recovery current of the main diode D2
does not impose a turn-on loss in the main switch S1, while in a hard switched power
converter, the reverse recovery current of the diode is a notorious problem.
4. Interval t3 - t4
The equivalent circuit during this interval is shown in Figure 5.4(d), with two
independent circuit loops. The current iL is shorted by S1 which is on, while current
iLrx
is flowing through Dx2
and Crx, decreasing sinusoidally as expressed below:
)(cos 321 ttIiii LrxmCrxDxrx ���� � (5.10)
where,
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
116
rxrxCL
12 �� (5.11)
The voltage across Crx can be easily found as:
)(sin 322 ttZIV LrxmCrx�� �
where,
rx
rx
C
LZ �2 (5.12)
Usually Crx is chosen such that VCrx
can reach Vo. That is, the energy stored in Lrx
during the intervals t0-t1 and t1-t2 is larger than required to charge Crx to the value of
Vo. This condition can be met by satisfying the following inequality:
oLrxm VZI �2 (5.13)
The interval t3 - t4 ends at t4 when V
Crx reaches Vo and consequently Dx2 conducts,
clamping VB or VC to Vo. To find the duration of t3 - t4, let V
Crx = Vo at t = t4, i.e.
orx
rxLrxm Vtt
C
LI �� )(sin 342� (5.14)
Therefore,
���
����
����
�
rx
rx
Lrxm
o
L
C
I
Vttt arcsin
1
23443
�. (5.15)
5. Interval t4 - t5
The equivalent circuit in this interval is shown in Figure 5.4(e). While part of the
energy stored in Lrx is used to charge Crx to Vo, the rest of the energy stored in Lrx is
transferred to the output through Dx1, Dx2 and S1. iLrx linearly ramps down to zero.
The series diode Dx3 prevents any oscillations between Lrx and Cdsx.
As iLrx
decreases linearly, it can be easily found that:
4324
4554 cos)(
��
��
��� tV
IL
V
ttiLttt
o
Lrxmrx
o
Lrxrx � (5.16)
It should be noted that current in S1 during this interval exhibits a valley since
the current of the diode Dx3 and Dx2 reduces the current in the main switch S1.
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
117
6. Interval t5 - t6
Figure 5.4(f) shows the equivalent circuit during this interval. S1 is kept on and the
voltage across Crx remains at Vo until t = t6 when S1 turns off. The duration of this
interval entirely depends on the required duty cycle.
7. Interval t6 - t7
Due to Crxy, S1 turns off at t6 under ZVS condition. After S1 turns off, current in the
main inductor charges Crxy and discharges Crx through Dx3, as shown in Figure 5.4(g).
Voltages across Crxy and Crx are expressed respectively as:
)( 6ttCC
iV
rxrxy
LCrxy �
�� (5.17)
)( 6ttCC
iVV
rxrxy
LoCrx �
��� (5.18)
At t = t7, VCrxy = Vo and V
Crx = 0. The duration of this interval is:
L
orxrxy I
VCCttt )(6776 ����
�
(5.19)
8. Interval t7 - t8
At t = t7, voltage VA reaches the value of Vo and thus D2 conducts, as shown in
Figure 5.4(h). At t8, the auxiliary switch Sx turns on again, which marks the end of a
complete switching cycle.
Simulation of the ZVT dc-dc converter on SPICE was carried out and Figure 5.5
shows the simulated key waveforms of the ZVT converter in boost mode. It is noted
that is1
in Figure 5.5 is actually the sum of the drain current of S1 and the current in
the antiparallel diode of S1. It can be clearly seen that the main switch S1 turns on and
turns off under ZVS condition, and both the auxiliary switch Sx and the main rectifier
D2 turn on under ZCS condition and turns off under ZVS condition.
In Figure 5.2, if the flying capacitor Crx is removed, (in this case only one of the
diodes Dx2, Dx3, is needed), the ZVT dc-dc boost circuit will become Hua’s ZVT dc-
dc boost circuit [93], as shown in Figure 5.6. This will reduce the number of the
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
118
0.16 0.18 0.2 0.22 0.24
Time (ms)
Figure 5.5 Simulated typical circuit waveforms in boost modeFrom top to bottom: Vgs1, Vgsx, iL, irx, is1, Vds1, isx, Vdsx, id2, Vd2, Vc, iDx3
Note: is1 includes the drain current of S1 and the current in the antiparallel diode of S1
shown as the negative part
components of the auxiliary circuit, however the auxiliary boost switch Sx will not
operate under soft switching condition. Therefore the efficiency will be lower
compared to the ZVT boost dc-dc converter with the flying capacitor Crx.
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
119
L
S1
V lo w
D xSx
D 2
D x2L rx
C rxy
D 1
A
C
D x1 V hig h
Figure 5.6 Hua’s ZVT dc-dc boost converter
It is interesting to note that the auxiliary ZVT circuit can be seen as a ‘baby’ dc-
dc boost circuit considering its topology and the fact that it processes only small
amount of the total power.
5.3.2 ZVT Operation in Buck Mode
The equivalent circuit of the dc-dc converter in buck mode is drawn in Figure 5.7.
Similarly to the ZVT boost dc-dc converter, the auxiliary circuit in the ZVT dc-dc
buck converter can be seen as a ‘baby’ dc-dc buck circuit. Considering the duality of
dc-dc boost converter and dc-dc buck converter, the ZVT dc-dc buck converter
shown in Figure 5.7 is a dual circuit of Hua’s ZVT dc-dc boost converter as shown in
Figure 5.6. Due to the duality of the both circuits, it is not necessary to give a detailed
analysis of the ZVT operation in buck mode here, which is similar to that in Section
5.3.1.
L
V lo w
Sy
S2
D y2
L ry
C rxy
D 1
A
D y1
D
V hig h
Figure 5.7 Equivalent circuit in buck mode
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
120
Figure 5.8 shows the simulated key waveforms of the ZVT dc-dc converter in
buck mode. It is clearly shown that both the buck switch S2 and the rectifier
(freewheeling) diode D1 switch softly.
However, since the ZVT dc-dc buck circuit in Figure 5.7 is a dual circuit of
Hua’s ZVT dc-dc boost circuit, rather than the one shown in Figure 5.2, the auxiliary
buck switch Sy doesn’t operate under soft switching condition. Of course this will
limit the efficiency improvement in buck operation. Choice of such a design for the
ZVT buck operation is based on the following reasons. Firstly, the bidirectional
0.66 0.68 0.7 0.72 0.74
Time (ms)
Figure 5.8 Simulated typical circuit waveforms in buck modeFrom top to bottom: Vgs2, Vgsy, iL, iry, is2, Vds2, isy, Vdsy, id1, Vd1
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
121
dc-dc converter works mostly in boost mode. So the efficiency in buck mode is not as
important as in boost mode. Secondly, the auxiliary buck switch only handles a much
lower RMS current than the main buck switch does, and thus a smaller power device
with lower output capacitance can be used as the auxiliary buck switch (this also
applies to the auxiliary boost switch), resulting in smaller turn-off loss. Thirdly, the
rectifier diode D1 in the ZVT dc-dc buck circuit always operates under ZCS
condition. Thus it does not suffer from a reverse recovery problem. For a hard-
switched PWM converter, however, the reverse recovery loss of the rectifier
(freewheeling) diode normally dominates the total switching loss in high voltage
applications, where p-n junction diodes are used. Fourthly, the auxiliary ZVT buck
circuit is simpler than the auxiliary ZVT boost circuit which is shown in Figure 5.2.
Last but not least, the auxiliary ZVT buck circuit does not affect the bidirectional
operation of the ZVT dc-dc converter.
5.4 Implementation Issues and Experimental Results
5.4.1 Implementation Issues
A prototype of the soft-switched bidirectional ZVT dc-dc converter was constructed
and tested. Figure 5.9 shows a photo of the prototype. The actual circuit diagram of
Figure 5.9 A photo of the prototype of the ZVT bidirectional dc-dc converter
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
122
D xSx
D 2
D x2 D x3
L rxC rx
BD x1
S2
D y
SyD y2
L ry
D y1
D
R yyD yy
L sy
L sx
C
L
S1
V lo w
C rxy1D 1
A
R xx
D xx
C rxy2
V h ig h
Figure 5.10 Circuit diagram of the practical ZVT bidirectional dc-dc converter includingtwo saturable inductors and two RD snubbers
the power stage, shown in Figure 5.10, includes two saturable inductors and two
small diode-resistor snubbers. The two saturable inductors in series with the boost
resonant inductor Lrx and buck resonant inductor Lry, respectively, damp the parasitic
oscillation caused by the reverse recovery of the ZVT diodes. One diode-resistor
snubber is connected between Node C and the power ground for boost operation and
the other between Node D and the positive bus for buck operation. These two small
diode-resistor snubbers have proven very helpful in eliminating noises caused by the
reverse recovery of the ZVT diodes in the practical circuit. Consider the boost
operation as an example. At t = t5 (Refer to Figure 5.3 and 5.4), due to reverse
recovery of Dx1
and Dx2
, the current in Lrx reverses direction. When the ZVT diodes
Dx1
and Dx2
suddenly block after reverse recovery, the voltage at Node C would
quickly drop down below zero without this diode-resistor network. Then significant
negative voltage ringing (noise) at Node C would occur. The diode-resistor network
provides a path to release (dissipate) the small amount of energy stored in Lrx caused
by the reverse recovery current.
In addition, Crxy is split into two capacitors, Crxy1 and Crxy2, while the same total
capacitance is kept, with Crxy1 connected across the drain-source of S1 and Crxy2
connected across the drain-source of S2. In theory, the two capacitors are in parallel
and therefore only one capacitor is needed. However, practically, distributing Crxy at
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
123
two locations can do a better job than using a single capacitor in suppressing voltage
ringing across S1 and S2 (D2).
The main switches and auxiliary switches were all 200 V MOSETs (IXFN
180N20, IXYS) during Phase I of the NTCER EV project, due to the availability of
the power devices at the laboratory. Obviously MOSFETSs with much lower current
rating can be used for the auxiliary boost switch and buck switch to save cost.
One of the successes of the development of the soft-switched bidirectional dc-dc
converter is a novel design for the high-power main inductor with ease of design and
improved overall performance. It will be presented separately in the next section due
to its significance.
Figure 5.11 shows the control diagram of the bidirectional dc-dc converter. For
L
S1
D xSx
D 2
D x2 D x3L rx
C rx
C rxyD 1
D x1
SyD y2
L ry
D y1
S2
D y V hig hV lo w
D riverD river D riverD river
SyS2S1 Sx
S w itch in gS teerin gC ircu it
P I_ i
P I_ v
M od eS elec tion
B oost o r B u ck ?
C u rren tC om m an dS elec tion
V eh ic le S p eed
M otor C u rren t C om m an d
C u rren tC om m an d s
in B u ck M od eV hig h
C om m an d
Figure 5.11 Control diagram of the bidirectional dc-dc converter
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
124
the multiple functions of the dc-dc converter detailed in Chapter 4, three additional
components, a changeover dc contactor, a Schottky diode and a thyristor are added to
a conventional bidirectional dc-dc converter. The three additional components
require little, or very simple control. Basically, in boost mode the dc-dc converter is
double-loop controlled, with an inner PI current loop and an outer PI voltage loop.
The current reference comes from the output of the voltage PI regulator. In buck
mode, the dc-dc converter is closed-loop current controlled only, with the outer
voltage loop disabled.
Layout of the prototype, especially the power block, proved to be very critical in
minimizing noise during the development of the dc-dc converter.
5.4.2 Experimental Results
The prototype of the ZVT bidirectional dc-dc converter was tested in both boost
mode and buck mode in the laboratory.
In Boost Mode
Figure 5.12 to Figure 5.17 show a set of oscilloscope waveforms in boost mode. The
current waveforms of the power switches and diode were not measured as it was not
convenient to measure them due to the compact layout of the prototype. However
soft switching operation for both turn on and turn off of the main boost switch S1 and
the auxiliary boost switch Sx can still be clearly observed from Figure 5.13 and
Figure 5.14.
Figure 5.18 show the measured efficiency vs. output power at Vin = 100 V and
Vo = 170 V (rated). The efficiency is well above 96% over a wide output power
range. It should be noted that the rated input voltage of the boost converter (EV
battery voltage, for the function of motor speed extension) is 120 V and the rated out
power 10 kW. Preliminary measurements were limited by both the available lab dc
power supply limits (100 V / 50 A) and the test load bank. However during operation
the EV battery voltage can drop to 100 V, or less. It is expected that at rated Vin =
120 V and full output power, the efficiency of the converter would be even higher.
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
125
Figure 5.12 Gate drive waveforms Vgs1 (lower trace)and Vgsx (upper trace) in boost mode
Figure 5.13 Waveforms of Vgs1 and Vds1
showing soft switching operation of the main boost switch
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
126
Figure 5.14 Waveforms of Vgsx and Vdsx
showing soft switching operation of the auxiliary boost switch
Figure 5.15 Waveforms of Vgs1 (lower trace) and VD1 (upper trace) in boost mode
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
127
Figure 5.16 Waveforms of Vgsx (lower trace) and ilrx (upper trace) in boost mode
Figure 5.17 Waveforms of Vgs1 (lower trace) and Vc (upper trace) in boost mode
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
128
90
92
94
96
98
100
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Output Power (W)
Effi
cien
cy (
%)
Figure 5.18 Measured efficiency vs. output power in boost modeat Vin = 100 V and Vo = 170 V
As the ZVT technology does not impose additional voltage stress on the power
devices, it allow the use of lower voltage power devices, which usually have better
conduction and switching performance than higher voltage power devices. The use of
the lower voltage power devices, as well as the soft switching of the power devices,
also contributes to the high efficiency achieved.
In Buck Mode
Figure 5.19 to Figure 5.23 show a set of oscilloscope waveforms of the converter in
buck mode powered by a 100 V /50 A dc power supply. It should be noted that since
only one channel of differential probe was available in the lab, logical level gate
signal waveforms of the main buck switch and auxiliary switch were recorded instead
of the real gate signal waveforms. There are some delays between the real gate
signals and the corresponding logical gate signals, as can be seen in Figure 5.20. Soft
turn on and turn off of the main buck switch can be roughly observed from Figure 5.
21 considering the time delay between the logical gate signal waveform and the gate
drive waveform shown in figure 5.20.
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
129
Figure 5.19 Logical gate signal waveforms Vgs2 and Vgsy in buck mode
Figure 5.20 Logical level gate signal waveform (lower trace) and the real gate drive signalwaveform (upper trace) of the main buck switch, showing the time delay between them
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
130
Figure 5.21 Waveforms of Vgs2 (logical level, lower trace) and Vds2 (upper trace)showing soft switching operation of the main buck switch
Figure 5.22 Waveforms of Vgsy (logical level, lower trace) and Vdsy (upper trace)
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
131
Figure 5.22 Waveforms of Vds2 (upper trace, 100V/div) and VD1 (lower trace, 50V/div)in buck mode
Figure 5.23 Waveforms of Vgsy (lower trace) and ilry (upper trace) in buck mode
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
132
90
92
94
96
98
100
500 1500 2500 3500
Output Power (W)
Effi
cien
cy (
%)
Figure 5.24 Measured efficiency vs. output power in buck modeat Vin =100 V and RL = 1.5 ohm
Figure 5.24 shows the measured efficiency vs. output power at Vin =100 V and
RL = 1.5 ohm, with 96% efficiency at Po = 3.4 kW. Even higher efficiency can be
expected in real driving operation, because the input voltage of the converter in buck
mode (the bus voltage) and the output power will be higher.
5.5 Novel Design of High-Power Ferrite Cored Inductors
with Ease of Design and Improved Overall
Performance
The usage of switched mode power supplies or power converters has undergone a
significant growth. Inductors are present in most power electronics circuits, serving
as a filter inductor as in a buck converter, or an energy storage inductor as in a boost
converter, or for other purposes. Generally speaking, inductors in power electronic
circuits with capacitors create sinusoidal variations of voltage or current. This limits
the rate of change of current and sharp transient current transitions.
Inductors, as well as transformers, are frequently the heaviest and bulkiest items
in power converters and are not generally available off the shelf. This is particularly
true for designing high-power and high-frequency converters.
Inductors have a significant effect upon the overall performance and efficiency
of the systems. Skilled inductor design has proven to be a critical to the success of a
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
133
power electronics product. Because of the interdependence and interaction of
parameters, judicious tradeoffs are necessary to achieve design optimization. At low
power levels, traditional inductor designs with conventional inductor core and
winding configurations can achieve quite good results with ease [97]. However, at
high power levels, due to large dimensions of the cores and winding coils, and large
air gaps, etc., second-order effects such as fringing flux and leakage flux become
significant. This makes the traditional inductor designs with conventional inductor
core and winding configurations inefficient and simple design methods inaccurate.
Issues like high localization of flux with the cores, high-level leakage flux, and hence
high levels of EMI, and low utilization of the cores become of concern, and it is often
difficult to find a good compromise.
In the development of the soft-switched bidirectional dc-dc converter, one of the
contributions is a novel design of the high-power inductor with ease of design and
improved overall performance. In this section, problems with conventional design of
high-power ferrite inductors are addressed and examined with aid of 3-dimensional
(3D) finite element analysis (FEA). A novel winding scheme for high-power ferrite
cored inductors is then proposed to combat the problems.
5.5.1 Problems with Conventional Design of High-Power Ferrite
Cored Inductors
5.5.1.1 Conventional Core and Winding Configurations of High Power Ferrite
Cored Inductors
In high power and high frequency applications, inductors can be air-gapped ferrite
cored, powered iron cored with a distributed and non-adjustable air-gap, or air cored.
At a high power level, large cross-sectional areas and window areas of cores are
necessary. U cores are generally all that is available and choices are limited. Cores
come in discrete sizes, and ferrite cores in very large sizes are often difficult to
obtain. A practical solution is to use a group of ferrite cores which are put together in
certain configurations. Once again, U cores are suitable for such an application.
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
134
Two common and simple core and winding configurations using a group of U
cores are shown in Figure 5.25 and Figure 5.26. For simplicity, inductors with core
and winding configurations as shown in Figure 5.25 will be referred to herein as
Inductor Configuration #1 and inductors with core and winding configurations as
shown in Figure 5.26 will be referred to herein as Inductor Configuration #2.
An example of an Inductor Configuration #1 is a 5 uH, 175 A inductor designed
and realized by other researchers, as detailed in [98, 99]. It used four large U100/57
ferrite cores (with AE = 645 mm2) of grade F5A. However, upon construction of the
inductor, a number of design criteria were not met accurately. Firstly, it was found
that the measured inductance was 14 uH, with an error in inductance exceeding
180%. The air gap was increased and the number of turns reduced to attain the
Figure 5.25 Inductor Configuration #1
Figure 5.26 Inductor Configuration #2
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
135
expected 5 uH inductance. Secondly, unexpected levels of EMI were so high that
some ferrous materials used in the supporting structure became hot during testing.
The high-level of EMI was obviously a noise source for the control circuitry, which
could cause circuit reliability problems.
The case study aforementioned is seemingly typical of conventional high power
magnetic circuit design with such core and winding configurations. Conventional
inductor design is base on the assumption that all the flux linked by the winding is
constrained by the core. In fact, there are significant second-order effects. Since
permeabilities of ferrite cores and air differ by only one or two orders of magnitude,
an additional leakage component of unlinked flux is almost always present. The
leakage flux increases with the core dimensions, the winding scheme, the radius of
the winding coil, and the air gap. In addition, the flux across the gap contains an
additional component that bulges outside the core cross section, known as fringing
flux. Fringing flux is a function of gap dimension, the shape of the pole faces, and the
shape, size and location of the winding. Its net effect is to increases the effective
cross section of the gap or shorten the air gap, decreasing the total reluctance of the
magnetic path. Therefore, fringing flux increases the inductance by a factor to a value
greater than that based on the assumption that gap flux is normal to the pole faces.
Fringing flux is a larger percentage of the total for larger air gaps.
While fringing effect can be approximately calculated, it is very hard to quantify
leakage flux unless FEA, preferably 3D EFA, is performed.
5.5.1.2 Observations of Inductor Configuration #1 and Inductor Configuration
#2 Aided by 3D EFA
To gain an almost ideal picture of the behavior of the complex magnetics involved,
3D FEA was employed to examine an inductor utilizing Inductor Configuration #1,
as built with the inductance of 5 uH, after increasing the air gaps to achieve the
design inductance. Figure 5.27 shows the view highlighting the ¼ section used in the
3D FEA model of Inductor Configuration #1.
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
136
Z
X
C o re 1
C o re 2Y
Figure 5.27 View highlighting the ¼ section used in the 3D FEA model of InductorConfiguration #1
Definition of Core Utilization
In comparing different core configurations and winding topologies, a measure of
utilization of the ferrite cores is needed. A measure that defines how much flux
travels through the core sections with respect to the total flux generated by the
winding structure is chosen. Using 3D finite element analysis, the total flux generated
by the winding and the flux that travels through each core section are calculated via
integrals of flux density on the z = 0 plane of symmetry. Consider Inductor
Configuration #1 as an example, shown in Figure 5.37, the core utilization factor,
)(coreuK , is defined as:
winding
corecoreuK
�
� 2)( � (5.20)
where 2core� is the flux in core section 1 that travels perpendicularly through the z = 0
plane and winding� is the half of the total of magnitude of flux that travels
perpendicularly through the z = 0 plane.
It should be noted that because of the conditional nature of (5.20), this definition
is based upon the core section with the worst ratio of core-carried flux to total
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
137
induced flux. In some cases, due to symmetry, the flux distributions in the two core
sections are identical, such as Inductor Configuration # 3 described later.
3D FEA Results for Inductor Configuration #1
Figure 5.28 shows a plot of flux density upon a cut-plane through a ¼ 3D FEA
model. The units of the scale shown at right are Tesla and the windings have been
hidden for clarity. The ferrite material used in the inductor has a B-H characteristic
that begins to saturate at 300 mT. The inductance obtained through 3D FEA is 4.63
uH. This agrees closely with the measured value of inductance, 5 uH. Furthermore,
3D FEA also provides other important information about its performance. Firstly,
59% of the magnetic flux generated by the copper windings is not constrained to the
magnetic core, hence the core utilization factor, )(coreuK , is 0.41. Secondly, large
portions of the core show high variation from the designed average flux density,
including areas of under utilized core material.
3D FEA Results for Inductor Configuration #2
An example of an Inductor Configuration #2 is a 55.4 uH (measured), 150 A
inductor, built at NTCER for comparison purposes. It used eight U100/57 ferrite
Figure 5.28 3D FEA of a ¼ model of Inductor Configuration #1 showing excessive fluxleakage and some flux localization around the central leg (represented at left)
( B̂ = 228mT, L= 4.63 �H, )(coreuK = 0.41)
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
138
(a)
(b)
Figure 5.29 3D FEA results for Inductor Configuration #2(a) a ½ 3D FEA model
(b) a plot of flux density upon a cut-plane showing excessive saturation
but less flux leakage than Inductor #1(B̂ = 356 mT, L= 53.0 �H, )(coreuK = 0.90)
cores, the same core as used in Inductor Configuration #1. This inductor was also
modeled with 3D FEA. Figure 5.29 shows a ½ 3D FEA model and a plot of flux
density upon a cut-plane of Inductor Configuration #2.
The results of the 3D FEA also show significant amounts of flux leaving the
right-hand U-core section prior to crossing the air gap. Not only can this result in a
very high level of EMI, but also causes poor sensitivity of the air gap adjustment on
inductance, and causes bad utilization of the constant cross section core material.
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
139
Conventional designs of high power ferrite cored inductors try to make a trade-
off among peak flux density, core losses, EMI level and utilization of the cores.
Unfortunately, it is difficult to achieve a satisfactory overall performance of the
inductors. The conventional winding topologies presented in Figures 5.25 and Figure
5.26 rely on the difference in permeability of the magnetic core material and the
surrounding air to constrain magnetic flux within the typical ferrite core structures.
As the physical dimensions and magnitude of excitation of these structures become
large, areas of the core approach saturation cause the effective permeability of the
longer-length, ferrite-bound paths including air gaps to converge towards the short-
length path though the surrounding air. This ultimately results in the large percentage
of flux excursion from the magnetic core. This problem is illustrated in the analysis
of the conventional winding schemes depicted in Figures 5.28 and Figure 5.29 where
significantly higher flux in the core leg internal to the winding is observed than in the
other limbs.
5.5.2 Novel Design of High Power Ferrite Cored Inductors
5.5.2.1 A Novel Winding Scheme for High Power Ferrite Cored Inductors
Both Inductor Configuration #1 and Inductor Configuration #2 have a common
property, that is, they all employ a single coil winding. In formulating the design of
the inductor (40 uH, 150 A) for the bidirectional DC-DC converter, a novel winding
scheme has been proposed by the author to reduce localized saturation and leakage
flux, and improve magnetic core utilization. This inductor uses the same core
configuration of Inductor Configuration #2 as shown in Figure 5.26, but with a dual-
coil or distributed-coil winding scheme. The resulting configuration, Inductor
Configuration #3, is shown in Figure 5.30. Compared to Inductor Configuration #2,
one-half of the number of turns used previously are moved to the opposite side of the
magnetic circuit while the total number of turns is preserved.
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
140
Figure 5.30 The proposed dual-coil winding configuration, Inductor Configuration #3
5.5.2.2 3D FEA Results for Inductor Configuration #3
Due to the symmetry of the cores and windings, only a ¼ model of Inductor
Configuration #3 is needed for simulation, as shown in Figure 5.31 (a). The 3D FEA
results of Inductor Configuration #3 are shown in Figure 5.31 (b). It can be seen that
the proposed winding configuration significantly reduces the localization of
saturation, with Bm=270 mT, and encourages good utilization of the magnetic cores,
with )(coreuK = 0.91. One direct benefit of good utilization of the magnetic cores or
low leakage flux, is significant decrease of EMI levels.
This novel topology offers a performance that is close to the near-ideal toroidal
inductor topology, which exhibits very high utilization factors by enclosing the
magnetic core within the winding. The advantages of the dual-coil winding topology
over that of the toroidal variety is that it offers the freedom of inserting required air
gaps, simple core size manipulation by stacking and much easier mounting.
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
141
(a)
(b)
Figure 5.31 3D FEA results for Inductor Configuration #3(a) a ¼ 3D FEA model
(b) a plot of flux density upon a cut-plane showing much less localized saturation
( B̂ = 270 mT, L= 41.2 �H, )(coreuK = 0.91)
5.5.2.3 Measurement Results, Comparison and Conclusions
A photo of an inductor as built utilizing the proposed novel dual-coil winding
scheme is shown in Figure 5.32. It looks somewhat like a single output transformer
but with only two terminals totally. Each end of the winding conductor has been
terminated using 2 lugs for manufacturing reasons.
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
142
Figure 5.32 A photo of the inductor as built using the proposed dual-coil winding scheme
Table 5.1 summarizes the characteristics of the three different inductors and
provides an overall comparison.
From Table 5.1, it can be easily concluded that Inductor Configuration #3 using
the novel dual-coil winding scheme offers apparent advantages over Inductor
Configuration #1 and Inductor Configuration #2 which use conventional single-coil
winding scheme in terms of core utilization, EMI levels, and reduction of core
saturation level. Overall performance optimization at high power level has been
achieved for Inductor Configuration #3, while for Inductor Configuration #1 and
Inductor Configuration #2, it is difficult to achieve a good design compromise.
Considering Inductor Configuration #1 as an example, increasing the air gaps reduces
Table 5.1 Comparison results of the three different inductors studied
InductanceInductor Measured
(uH)3D
FEA(uH)
Error(%)
PeakFlux
Density(mT)
Saturationlevel
CoreUtilizationKu(core)
EMILevel
#1 (with smallerair gap)
14.0 15.6 11.4 356 Very High 0.676 High
#1 (with largerair gap)
5 4.63 7.4 228 Low 0.412VeryHigh
#2 55.4 53.0 4.3 356 Very High 0.902 Low
#3 39.1 41.2 5.4 270 Low 0.910 Low
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
143
peak flux density, however it also results in excessive EMI levels and very poor core
utilization. The converse is also true.
It should be noted that while 3D FEA has been the most accurate design tool to
closely examine the inductor’s flux distribution and verify the new design, it is the
proposed novel dual-coil winding scheme that makes it possible to achieve design
optimization. From the practical point of view, the 3D FEA software, which is
relatively expensive at present, is not a necessity in designing high power inductors if
the proposed winding scheme is employed. With the novel dual-coil winding scheme,
leakage flux in the inductor has been reduced to a lower level, so that fringing flux
effect is now the only major effect to be considered. Unlike leakage flux, fringing
flux can be estimated based on analytical formulae. Therefore the proposed winding
scheme for high-power inductors has allowed the use of traditional design theory to
quite accurately predict parameters such as inductance and peak magnetic induction
with confidence.
5.6 Review
In presenting the development of the bidirectional dc-dc converter, this chapter
studies two main topics as summarized below.
(1) Implementation of Soft Switching Operation of the Bidirectional DC-DC
Converter
After an evaluation of various soft-switching techniques, the zero voltage transition
(ZVT) soft switching technique is chosen for the multifunctional dc-dc converter.
The ZVT dc-dc converter has minimum switching loss resulting in high efficiency,
reduced electromagnetic interference (EMI) and improved reliability for the power
devices in the dc-dc converter. Another important feature of the ZVT dc-dc converter
is that no additional switching voltage and current stress are imposed on the power
devices. Simulation results are presented and verified by the measurement results of
the built ZVT dc-dc converter. The measured efficiency of the ZVT dc-dc converter
is above 96%.
CHAPTER 5 DEVELOPMENT OF THE SOFT-SWITCHED BIDIRECTIONALDC-DC CONVERTER
144
(2) Novel Design of High Power Ferrite Cored Inductors with Ease of Design
and Improved Overall Performance
At high power levels, due to large dimensions of ferrite cores and air gaps, the
influence of leakage flux and fringing flux on the inductor design becomes
significant. Conventional designs of high power ferrite inductor using traditional core
and winding configurations try to make a trade-off among peak flux density, core
losses, EMI level and utilization of the cores. Unfortunately, it is often difficult to
achieve a good compromise. A novel design of high power ferrite inductors
employing a dual-coil or distributed winding scheme is proposed by the author to
combat this problem. Results from both the 3-Dimension (3D) finite element analysis
(FEA) and measurements verify the viability of the novel design for high power
inductors. The proposed inductor design allows better optimization, reducing the
localization of saturation and leakage flux, or EMI levels, and achieving good
utilization of the magnetic cores.
145
Chapter 6
Development of an Intelligent DriveModule for High Power IGBTs
In recent years, IGBTs have been widely used in various power electronic systems,
particularly in high power and high voltage applications. This is due to their inherent
characteristics of voltage control, low forward voltage drop and high current density,
resulting from their hybrid structure of MOSFETs and BJTs [100]. Both turn-on and
turn-off of IGBTs are achieved by means of a voltage applied to the gate, requiring
only low driving power and a cheap drive stage, similar to that required by
MOSFETs. Moreover, IGBTs have low forward voltage drop and high current
density, like BJT devices, which mean lower conduction loss than MOSFETs in high
power applications. In the power range of tens of kilowatts to hundreds of kilowatts,
IGBTs have dominated the applications, since MOSFETs, the rivals of IGBTs in
middle power range (for example, one to ten kilowatts), are unable to be competitive
with them due to MOSFET’s high conduction loss in high current applications.
As stated in Chapter 1, although the power electronics design for Stage 1 of our
EV project employed primarily MOSFETs as switching devices due to time and
budget constraints, in Stage 2 these devices will be replaced by IGBTs to provide
more power.
Like other power semiconductor devices, IGBTs need gate drive circuits to
control them. Experienced power electronic engineers agree that drive circuits are
CHAPTER 6 DEVELOPMENT OF AN INTELLIGENT DRIVE MODULE FORHIGH POWER IGBTS
146
very critical to the reliability, efficiency, noise sensitivity, and size or volume of
power electronic systems. Modern power electronic equipment such as general
purpose inverters, power supplies, numerically controlled machine tools, industrial
robots, as well as electric vehicle propulsion systems have increased the demands for
high efficiency, high reliability, low noise, intelligent functions and reduced size, and
have exploited the convenience of use of IGBTs. Although drive principles and
techniques for IGBTs have been quite well developed [100-104], some effort is still
needed to develop intelligent, downsized, easy-to-use IGBT gate drivers with high
current drive capacity. Various commercial MOSFET/IGBT drive ICs can be
classified as three types:
� Pure-amplifier drivers such as TC4420/4429
� Intelligent gate drivers such as MC33153 (Motorola)
� High-voltage half-bridge drivers (high-side driver) such as HIP2500 (Harris
Corporation), and IR2110 (International Rectifier).
However, few commercial IGBT drivers can, at present, satisfactorily meet all
the desired requirements. Commercial IGBT drivers are restricted to certain
applications and are subject to one or more of the following limitations:
� Peak current no larger than 2 amperes;
� Single driver;
� No intelligent functions such as overcurrent or desaturation protection;
� No fault status annunciation;
� Unipolar drive outputs;
� Need for external isolated dc supply;
� Inconvenient to use.
This chapter presents the development of a new intelligent gate drive module for
high-power IGBTs. The IGBT drive module features high current drive capacity,
powerful functions, high performance, wide applications, and convenience of use,
and is especially suitable for high power applications such as in EV drives.
CHAPTER 6 DEVELOPMENT OF AN INTELLIGENT DRIVE MODULE FORHIGH POWER IGBTS
147
6.1 Functions and Features of the New Intelligent IGBT
Drive Module
The new intelligent IGBT drive module provides the following major functions and
features:
1. High current drive capacity (> 6A), being able to drive up to 400A/1200V
IGBTs.
2. 3000V galvanic isolation between drivers and power potentials.
3. Bipolar drive outputs, typically +13V/-4.5V, ensuring the “off” status of the
IGBT when it is required to be “off”.
4. Dual gate drivers, especially suitable for phase leg drive.
5. Intelligent functions:
� Overcurrent protection
� Fault status annunciation
� Temperature feedback for intelligent power module (IPM) applications
� Under voltage lockout protection (UVLO) with hysteresis
6. Built-in, well regulated, and isolated floating power supply, requiring only one
incoming unipolar dc supply, and allowing large fluctuation of the dc supply.
7. Suitability to high-power MOSFETs, as well.
8. Convenience of use, since the design has:
� A size of only 100*23 mm (3.94 by 0.905 inch). These “standard”
dimensions allow the drive module to be fixed inside a standard dual
IGBT module package to form an IPM in a phase leg configuration, as
well as more general applications.
� A small number of input connectors (see Table 6.1).
CHAPTER 6 DEVELOPMENT OF AN INTELLIGENT DRIVE MODULE FORHIGH POWER IGBTS
148
Table 6.1 Definition of input pins of the drive module
Pin Connection
1 +10 to 18 volt dc supply
2 High side IGBT command
3 Temperature feedback (only for IPM)
4 Temperature feedback (only for IPM)
5 Fault signal
6 Low side IGBT command
7 DC supply ground
6.2 Functional Diagram and its Operation
Figure 6.1 shows the functional diagram of the intelligent IGBT drive module.
C u rren tA m p li f ie r
+
T ran sm it ter
R ec eiv er
T ran sm it ter
R ec eiv er
S w itch -m o d eP ow er S u p p ly
F au ltL og ic
+ 1 2 V
In 1
F au lt
In 2
T em p 1
G n d
T em p 2
D esatu ra tio nD etec t ion
C u rren tA m p li f ie r
-
D esatu ra tio nD etec t ion
Figure 6.1 The functional diagram of the new intelligent IGBT drive module
6.2.1 Intelligent Functions
Most intelligent functions discussed above are implemented by the HCLP-316J
(Hewlett Packard), a newly released 2 Amp gate drive optocoupler with integrated
desaturation or overcuurent detection and fault status annunciation [105]. The HCLP-
CHAPTER 6 DEVELOPMENT OF AN INTELLIGENT DRIVE MODULE FORHIGH POWER IGBTS
149
316J provides not only functions such as desaturation or overcurrent detection, fault
status annunciation and UVLO as in other intelligent MOS gate drive ICs, but also
two built-in optocouplers for isolated fault status feedback and isolated gate signal
coupling. These two built-in optocouplers make the gate drive PCB board design
simpler.
Overcurrent protection is implemented using the principle of desaturation. Under
a short circuit condition, the IGBT collector-emitter voltage drop increases as it
begins to operate in the linear region. This increase in voltage is monitored as an
indication of excessive current. Upon detection, the gate pulse in progress is
terminated. In addition, the fault signal is “set” to allow detection of the IGBT
condition by the drive control logic.
6.2.2 Bipolar Drive Outputs
When one IGBT in a half-bridge is turned on, a quite high dv/dt will be generated
across the other one in the same bridge leg, due to the recovery of the antiparallel
diode of the IGBT. This dv/dt can cause the second device to conduct momentarily,
leading to additional losses [102]. A negative gate bias can help. In general, whether
a negative gate bias is necessary will depend on the level of the gate threshold
voltage and the characteristic of the collector-gate capacitor of the particular IGBT,
and the impedance of the gate drive circuit that determines the amplitude of the
induced voltage. Thus it is a good practice to apply a negative voltage to the gate of
the IGBT when it is required to be off, to ensure that the gate voltage cannot rise
above the threshold level. Normally a negative bias voltage of 4 to 5 volts is
sufficient for this purpose. A larger negative voltage will cause excessive drive
power dissipation. This new drive module provides bipolar output gate signals with
positive magnitude of 13V and negative magnitude of 4.5V while requiring only one
unipolar incoming dc supply. This is achieved by a built-in, well regulated and
isolated DC supply with two output channels, each of which provides both positive
and negative voltages, as will be discussed in the next subsection.
CHAPTER 6 DEVELOPMENT OF AN INTELLIGENT DRIVE MODULE FORHIGH POWER IGBTS
150
Since the output current capacity of HCLP-316J is only 2 amperes, an additional
current amplifier has been employed, which enables the drive module to provide over
6 ampere peak current and drive up to 400A/1200V IGBTs.
6.2.3 The Built-in, Well Regulated and Isolated Floating Bipolar
Power Supply
In order to provide the necessary floating power supplies, the incoming voltage is
converted to two separate supplies for each IGBT by a switch-mode power supply
connected in the flyback topology. Thus, complete galvanic isolation is maintained
both between the input and each output as well as between the two outputs. To get
the bipolar drive outputs preferred for insuring the “off” status of an IGBT, each of
the output supplies provides both positive and negative voltage. Current-mode
control is employed in the flyback dc supply to achieve a good dynamic
characteristic. For a wide input dc voltage range, the current-mode controller should
be able to work above 50% duty cycle. The current-mode control chip UC3843
(Unitrode Integrated Circuit Corp.) meets this requirement and was selected [106].
Since above 50% duty cycle is required, slope compensation is added for reliability
considerations.
Usually for output voltage regulation, the output voltage is sensed at the
secondary side and fed back to the primary through an optocoupler. Then this
feedback voltage is compared with a reference to get an error voltage. After being
amplified, the error voltage is used to control the output voltage. However, this
control scheme has a problem resulting from the nonlinear characteristic and the
temperature characteristic of an optocoupler that will cause a measurement error.
Since loop control is unable to compensate for a measurement error that is beyond
the loop, this detection error will lead to error in the output voltage regulation. The
effect of temperature is much larger than that of nonlinearity in this application.
To solve this problem, a different closed-loop voltage regulation scheme has
been used, as shown in Figure 6.2. Instead of feeding back the output voltage signal
directly to the voltage regulator in the primary side for voltage regulation, an
amplified error signal, the difference between the detected output voltage and the
CHAPTER 6 DEVELOPMENT OF AN INTELLIGENT DRIVE MODULE FORHIGH POWER IGBTS
151
-+
V ref
+ 1 2 V
S
P W MC on tro l ler
+ 1 2 V
C I
T h ree-term ina l a m p lifie r
Figure 6.2 The closed-loop voltage regulation scheme
output voltage reference, is obtained in the secondary side and fed back to the
primary side through the optocoupler to control the duty cycle, which in turn controls
the output voltage. Since the output voltage error has been amplified with infinite
gain through integration, and this amplified error voltage signal is used to control the
bias current of the optocoupler, the effect of the nonliearity and temperature change
of the optocoupler is eliminated. The three-terminal amplifier with internal voltage
reference, ZR431, together with the integral capacitor, CI, easily implements the
voltage error integration.
It is worth noting that the size of the flyback transformer in this application
should be very small. Therefore it is necessary to make the structure of the
transformer as simple as possible to make the fabrication of the transformer easier
and the isolation among different windings more reliable. For this reason, a simple-
structure transformer together with a simple circuit as shown in Figure 6.3 (a) was
employed to obtain the bipolar output voltage while a transformer with
asymmetrically center-tapped output windings shown in Figure 6.3(b) is avoided. For
the same reason, an auxiliary winding, as seen Figure 6.3(b), which is for isolation,
detection and feedback of the output voltage in closed-loop voltage regulation, is not
recommended. Instead, the scheme of output voltage detection and closed-loop
control shown in Figure 6.2 has been employed. Obviously the transformer used in
this application in Figure 6.3(a) is much simpler than the one in Figure 6.3(b) which
is widely used in conventional flyback converter design.
CHAPTER 6 DEVELOPMENT OF AN INTELLIGENT DRIVE MODULE FORHIGH POWER IGBTS
152
+
-
+
-
A u xila ry vo ltag esensing w ind ing
P r im aryw ind ing
(a ) (b )
+
-
-
+
Figure 6.3 Two different flyback transformer configurations
6.3 Measurements
The proposed intelligent IGBT gate drive module was prototyped and tested. All
components were surface-mounted on a PCB board, which minimizes the size of the
drive module. The drive module worked very well. Figure 6.4 to Figure 6.8 show the
measured typical waveforms. Typical on times and off times are shown in Figure 7.4
and Figure 6.5. Both the low to high propagation delay time and the high to low
propagation delay time are around 550ns. From these two figures we can also read
that the positive level of the gate signal is about 13 V and the negative level is
approximately -4.5 V. Typical turn-on and turn-off waveforms for a 300A, 600V dual
IGBT module are shown in Figure 6.6 and Figure 6.7.
Figure 6.8 shows the termination of the output pulse following the determination
of a fault condition. There is a delay of approximately 2us due to the input
propagation delay and a blanking time necessary to prevent false indications due to
diode reverse recovery current. To avoid misoperation, a blanking time of 500ns is
inserted at the beginning of each gate pulse.
When a fault condition is sensed, the corresponding fault signal will be latched
in the “low” state. The fault signal will remain in the "low” state until reset by the
rising edge of the next gate pulse for the "faulted" channel.
CHAPTER 6 DEVELOPMENT OF AN INTELLIGENT DRIVE MODULE FORHIGH POWER IGBTS
153
Figure 6.4 Turn-on gate signal
Figure 6.5 Turn-off gate signal
Figure 6.6 Typical turn-on waveforms for 300A, 600V IGBTs
CHAPTER 6 DEVELOPMENT OF AN INTELLIGENT DRIVE MODULE FORHIGH POWER IGBTS
154
Figure 6.7 Typical turn-off waveforms for 300A, 600V IGBTs
Figure 6.8 The termination of the pulse followingthe determination of a fault condition
Figure 6.9 A photo of the intelligent high power IGBT drive modulefor general applications
CHAPTER 6 DEVELOPMENT OF AN INTELLIGENT DRIVE MODULE FORHIGH POWER IGBTS
155
Several versions of PCB layout of the intelligent drive module were designed for
various applications. They are very convenient to use. Figure 6.9 shows a photo of
one of the versions.
6.4 Practical Application Issues
6.4.1 Fault Status Feedback
Since the fault signals are provided by open collector drivers with the fault state
defined as logic “low”, two fault signal outputs are combined in a “wired OR”
configuration to develop a composite fault signal. In a three-phase system, more such
fault signals can be combined in a “wired OR” configuration to generate a composite
fault signal for input to the control logic. The control system monitoring the fault
signal is required to latch the fault condition since the internal fault logic is reset at
the end of each input pulse. It is good practice to latch the fault signal with user logic,
as it may be possible in some control systems to command the next gate pulse before
the fault feedback signal is acknowledged.
6.4.2 Selection of Gate Drive Resistor
Each IGBT requires a gate drive resistor inserted in series with the gate connection.
Very low values of series gate resistor will not only produce high diode recovery
voltage transients, but could give rise to unacceptable ringing during recovery, by
switching the device too quickly. This is due to the existence of stray inductance and
parasitic capacitance which form a resonant circuit which can be set into damped
oscillation. This electrical noise could interface with control and protection circuits
and would contribute to the total system EMI. On the other hand, too big a gate drive
resistance will slow the switching transient and lead to high switching losses. A
compromise needs to be made based on specific operating conditions of a circuit.
There are many trade-offs in determining the proper resistor for a specific
application. Factors influencing the choice of gate resistors include the IGBT
manufacturer’s recommendation, switching frequency, proximity of IGBT device to
the gate driver (potential oscillations), IGBT device snubbering, importance of
CHAPTER 6 DEVELOPMENT OF AN INTELLIGENT DRIVE MODULE FORHIGH POWER IGBTS
156
switching losses, acceptable level of EMI, and minimum deadband requirement.
There is an inherent 2-ohm resistor present in each output to limit the maximum
current. An external resistor or resistor network may be installed in accordance with
the application where smaller drive current is required.
To optimize the turn-on and turn-off times, it may be desirable to use separate
gate resistors, as shown in Figure 6.10.
Gate resistors have a high-peak power requirement relative to the average power
dissipation. This is due to the nature of driving a capacitive load. Carbon
composition resistors are superior to metal film types for this duty and are, therefore,
recommended.
R on
Roff
Figure 6.10 Optimized gate connection configuration
6.5 Review
This chapter presents a new intelligent gate drive module for high power IGBTs. The
intelligent functions of this module include under voltage lockout protection and
overcurrent protection with fault status annunciation. The module contains dual
drivers which make it especially suitable for phase leg drive, and outputs bipolar
signals so that the “off” status of the IGBT is ensured when the IGBT is required to
be “off”. It needs only a unipolar dc supply due to the built-in, well-regulated, and
isolated floating power supply. This module features high current capacity, powerful
functions, high performance, wide application, and convenience of use, and is
suitable for high power applications such as in EV drives. The detailed functions,
operation, performance, and practical application issues are addressed.
157
Chapter 7
Soft-Switched On-Board EV BatteryChargers with Unity Power Factor
Battery chargers are important components in the development of electric vehicles.
There are two types of chargers for EV application. One is a stand-alone type which
can be compared to a petrol station aimed at fast charge. The other is an on-board
type which would be appropriate for slow charge from a house utility outlet during
nighttime and opportunity charge. Since demand of electricity during nighttime is
low while electricity generation facilities have been already installed and
considerable amount of electricity has been already generated in nighttime, the
electricity distribution system is running inefficiently. In some areas, electricity is
simply wasted during nighttime to some extent. Under some sort of market
regulations, nighttime charge can effectively shift loads from the "peak" in daytime to
the "off-peak" in night time and greatly benefits an electricity distribution system.
Night-time charge will also benefit customers. They do not have to spend too much
time in charge stations unless they urgently need a fast charge. Introducing "off-peak"
prices of electricity, which encourages customers to charge within discount hours,
should further benefit customers financially [107].
On-board battery chargers can also allow opportunity charging of EVs. Given
that a major problem inhibiting wider use of EVs is the relatively short range
between battery charges, a good deal of effort has been put into seeking ways to
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
158
ameliorate the situation by providing opportunities of frequent charging [108]. Most
vehicles operating in urban environment spend far more time parked than they do
moving. On the other hand, electricity outlets are already very widely available in
urban areas, and in many cases it is possible to connect an EV to power outlet where
it might be parked. Optimum use of opportunity charging can extend the daily
operating range well beyond single charge range.
Considering the popularity of EVs in the near future and the fact that an on-
board battery charger is always carried by an EV, special requirements to such an on-
board charger must be set. They include:
� Single phase AC input;
� High efficiency;
� Low harmonics;
� Nearly unity input power factor;
� Low cost;
� Minimum size and weight;
� Safety of consumers operating the equipment.
The power factor correction (PFC) requirement is necessary to comply with
recently introduced IEC 1000-3-2 line harmonic current regulations. In presenting the
development of a high-efficiency, unity-power-factor EV on-board charger, this
chapter discusses several valuable techniques for designs in an EV on-board battery
charger. They include:
� Selection guidelines for power stage topologies for EV battery charger;
� Optimization of the charge profile;
� Efficiency improvement of the battery charger;
� Employment of a minimum-power-level active pre-load for ensuring that the
battery is being properly charged, and protecting the charger.
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
159
7.1 Power Stage Configurations for EV On-Board Battery
Chargers
Due to the PFC requirement, the two-stage approach, which has a PFC pre-converter
followed by a DC-DC converter becomes a natural choice. An input filter needs to be
included to prevent conducted harmonics and noise from entering the power supply
system. For safety considerations, the output of an EV battery charger must be
isolated from the mains. A typical block diagram of an EV on-board battery charger
is shown in Figure 7.1.
Galvanic isolation by a transformer provides a measure of safety and the design
of this transformer allows different power stage configurations or converter
selections. To increase the power density and lower material cost, the transformer in
the dc-dc converter is operated at high frequencies, usually in the range of 20 kHz to
100 kHz. In terms of connecting an EV to a battery charger, the conventional means
using a plug and receptacle is most suitable for an on-board battery charger, while an
inductive interface using a coaxial winding transformer (CWT) is more attractive for
a stand-alone type [109].
While the power level of a stand-alone type charger for EV fast charging would
be very high, up to hundreds of kilowatts, the power required for an on-board EV
battery charger is quite low, within a few kilowatts, limited by the maximum branch
circuit current rating in a residential house.
For the PFC stage, a soft-switching boost PFC circuit has been almost a standard
practice due to its simple circuitry, and high efficiency. For the DC-DC stage,
PFCPreconverter
D C /D CC onverter
L in eF ilterA C L ine
D C B u s B a tte ry
Figure 7.1 Block diagram of an EV on-board battery charger
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
160
however, many topologies can be considered as candidates. Among them, the most
attractive topologies are [110-112]:
(1) A soft-switched full-bridge (FB) DC-DC converter;
(2) An asymmetrically controlled zero-voltage-switched (ZVS) half-bridge (HB)
converter;
(3) An active-clamped soft-switched forward converter.
All these three DC-DC converters can achieve very high efficiency and very
good device utilization, due to employment of soft switching techniques. Further
selection of the DC-DC converter will depend on application specifications,
including power level, input line voltage, battery voltage, initial capital cost, long-
term operation expense, and some economics and business philosophy.
It should be noted that there are also some other configurations of the power
stage for EV battery chargers, such as a one-stage type charger [113] and an integral-
type charger [114, 115]. The one-stage type combines the PFC function and tight DC
output regulation. It reduces the number of the power components while its control is
more complicated and its performance is not necessarily better than the two-stage
type. An integral battery charger employs the hardware of inverters of the EV
propulsion system, reducing the component cost. The main drawback is the need to
provide a Ground Fault Current Interrupter (GFCI) on the charging cable line for
safety against electric shock due to the fact that the main battery and commercial
power source are not isolated from each other. These kinds of battery schemes have
not been as popular as the two-stage scheme since they are related to specific types of
converters or hardware and particular attentions need to be given to their control and
reliability, and safety of the consumers operating the equipment. However, they
present new concepts to implement EV battery chargers and, therefore, deserve
further interest in the development of EV battery chargers in the future.
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
161
7.2 An Example—A 780 W High-efficiency, Low-cost,
Unity-power-factor Battery Charger [15]
7.2.1 Design Specifications
� Output power: 780 W
� Output voltage: 35-43.5 V
� Input line voltage: 100-132 V/47-63Hz
� Input power factor: >0.95
� Maximum output current: 20 A
� Overall efficiency: >90% at full load and nominal line voltage
� Cooling: natural convection
� Low cost
The high efficiency requirement is critical to meeting the thermal design criteria,
since cooling relies on natural convection. This battery charger was originally
designed for battery charging in recreational vehicles. It is also suitable for battery
charging in electric bikes, electric scooters, and industrial material handling vehicles.
With some modification, mainly extension of power level, it can be used for battery
charging for commuter electric vehicles.
7.2.2 Power Stage and its Soft Switching Operation
The battery charger employs a zero-current-switched (ZCS) boost PFC converter and
a ZVS-HB dc-dc converter in cascade. The diagram and key operation waveforms of
the ZCS PFC converter are shown in Figure 7.2. The boost PFC converter is operated
in the critical conduction current mode and the rectifying diode switches at zero
current. As a result, switching loss and EMI associated with the reverse-recovery of
the diode, which are usually severe problems in hard-switched circuits, are
eliminated. Therefore, high efficiency at high frequency can be achieved and an
inexpensive rectifying diode can be used. This soft switching technique can be
classified into Boundary Switching ZCS, compared to those in Continuous Mode
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
162
V gs1
V in
i L 1
S 1o n
D 1o n
A CL ine S1
D 1
C 1
L 1
+
-
V bus
i L 1 i D 1
i S 1V inC in
Figure 7.2 Diagram and key waveforms of the ZCS boost PFC converter
converters / inverters, such as being discussed in Chapter 5. It is very attractive in this
application as it does not need any additional components to achieve soft switching
while most soft switching techniques involve considerably complicated auxiliary
circuits. The only cost is the need for some increase in the size of the input filter
inductor in order to keep line harmonic current small.
In this example, the 780 W power level played a key role in determining the
topology of the DC-DC converter. At this power level, the ZVS-FB converter is
apparently complex and costly for the applications due to the need for four power
switches and phase-shift control, although it is capable of providing excellent
efficiency (especially with well-regulated intermediate DC bus voltage). The forward
topology, on the other hand, is simpler and less costly. However, it may not offer an
efficiency advantage over the ZVS HB converter. In addition, the forward converter
requires a big output filter inductor whose dimensions are comparable to those of the
transformer.
A HB converter is much simpler than a FB converter. The conventional HB-
PWM DC-DC converter operates with symmetrical duty cycle control and the
switches are hard switched. Consequently the efficiency is low. To improve the
efficiency of the converter, ZVS operation of a HB-PWM converter can be achieved
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
163
V o
T 1
T
D 2 on
V b
V 2
V g s3
V g s2
i L f
D 3 on
S3
S2
T r
L 2
C2
V bu s
V a
D 2
D 3
C 3V 2
V o
+
-
i D 2
i D 3
i L 2
Figure 7.3 Diagram and key waveforms of the ZVS HB converter
by using asymmetrical duty cycle control [110]. Figure 7.3 shows the key waveforms
of the ZVS HB DC-DC converter. The two switches are turned on and off
complementarily with a small dead time in between. In this way, ZVS of the switches
is easily achieved by utilizing the energy stored in the leakage and magnetizing
inductance of the transformer.
Before S3 is on, the reflected secondary current and the magnetizing current of
the transformer are flowing into the dot of the primary winding. When S3 is turned
off, the output capacitance of S2 is charged, and the capacitance of S3 is discharged
by the energy stored in the leakage inductance and the magnetizing inductance, until
the anti-parallel diode of S3 is on. Then S3 is turned on under zero voltage condition.
The ZVS mechanism for S2 is similar [115].
As seen above, the soft-switched power stage of the on-board battery charger is
very simple, with no need of additional components which are usually required by
most soft switching schemes. This soft-switched battery charger scheme can be
especially attractive for ultra-small on-board chargers in a battery management
system. According to [116], it has been recently found that longevity of series-
connected lead-acid batteries is influenced by the differences between individual
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
164
batteries caused by charging. A battery management system was developed to solve
this problem. A thin and compact measurement module that can monitor the voltage,
current and temperature of the batteries was installed. Each module is for up to three
batteries. The information provided by these modules is analyzed by the battery
management system and the optimal charging is done by ultra-small on-board
chargers that were installed in each group of the batteries according to the individual
charge situations such as the voltage and temperature. In such an application, since
multiple on-board chargers are needed, they must be ultra-small while maintain high
performance. Soft switching is obviously desirable for the high efficiency, high
switching frequency, and consequently, small size of the chargers. On the other hand,
it is also desirable that the achievement of the soft-switching operation does not
significantly increase the circuitry complexity. The proposed soft-switched on-board
battery charger can suit this application satisfactorily due to its high performance and
simple circuitry.
7.3 Optimization of the Charge Profile
Battery performance and lifetime are extremely sensitive to charging conditions,
particularly in cyclic applications such as EVs. Therefore, charge schemes must be
optimized. There are some critical charging requirements in an EV environment,
which affect the design of an on-board battery charger. For most types of battery, the
charging requirements include:
(1) Avoiding overcharge;
(2) Avoiding undercharge;
(3) Reducing charging time without affecting the battery lifetime;
(4) Maintaining good quality of the charging current waveform.
Both overcharge and undercharge will make a battery fail prematurely. In EV
applications, undercharging is generally more likely than overcharging. Furthermore,
the results of undercharge appear much faster than overcharge. Therefore, the issue of
undercharge is of critical importance in EV applications.
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
165
One of effective methods of recharging a battery is using a single value constant
voltage with the highest possible current limit, known as constant voltage (CV)
mode. However, as state of charge (SOC) of the battery gets higher, the charge
current gets smaller. Therefore the time required for fully charging the battery is long.
An alternative charge scheme is to use a constant current (CC) to accomplish the
recharge. While this method usually completes the charging process in a shorter time
period compared to CV charge method, greater care must be taken to control the
charging. Unlike the CV method where the battery itself regulates the charge current
at any point of the charge cycle, the CC method continues to inject a set current
regardless of the battery's state of charge.
In many instances, a combination of CC and CV charge is employed. This can
cut down the charge time significantly without increasing the chances of damaging
the battery permanently. The charger starts working in CC mode and continues until
the battery voltage reaches its peak. This serves as a signal to trigger the charger to
switch to a CV mode.
Charging a battery in CC mode when the battery voltage gets close to its peak
requires the highest power from the charger during the charging process. To reduce
the maximum power requirement of the charger while maintaining the fast charge
feature, a further modified charge algorithm is to insert a constant power (CP) mode
between the CC mode and the CV mode [15], shown in Figure 7.4. This CC/CP/CV
charge algorithm was successfully implemented in the battery charger we have
developed. The CC/CP/CV charge algorithm optimizes the charger in reducing
charge time and minimizing the maximum power requirement of the charger. In other
words, the CC/CP/CV charge algorithm allows utilizing the maximum capabilities of
the converter and circuit size, while providing a high charging speed.
It should be noted that for some types of battery, a full recharge must put in a
few more ampere-hours, for example 2% to 5% additional ampere-hours over what
was taken out on the previous discharge, to obtain maximum lifetime. In addition, for
different applications, charging parameters may vary.
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
166
4 3 .5 V B atteryV o ltage
3 9 V3 5 V
2 0 A
C h arg in gC u rren t
C h arg in gP ow er
C C M od e C P M od e
C V M od e
M ax im u m P ow er L im it
Figure 7.4 Optimized charge profile
7.4 A Novel Active Pre-Load with Minimized Power Rate
for the On-Board Battery Charger
A novel active pre-load with minimized power rate has been designed for the on-
board battery charger. The employment of the active pre-load ensures that the battery
will be fully charged and provides effective low-load or even open-load protection to
the charger, as described below.
No matter which charge algorithm is being used, CV or CC/CV or CC/CP/CV, a
complete recharge process always ends in CV mode. As stated earlier, ensuring that
the battery will be fully charged is very beneficial. However, simply leaving the
charger on until the end of the charge may cause a stability problem in the charger.
This is because the end of charge current (EOCC) can be extremely small for some
kinds of battery and operating the charger at such a light load will threaten the
charger's safety. When the battery is nearly fully charged the HB DC-DC converter
will operate in discontinuous current mode (DCM) with very small duty cycle. This
increases the dc bus voltage, and the voltage stress on one of the secondary rectifying
diodes due to asymmetrical duty cycle control, and could also cause a circuit stability
problem and damage to the power devices.
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
167
Some battery designs shut down the chargers before the batteries are fully
charged, which is not good for the lifetime of the battery. Using an active pre-load is
a satisfactory solution. When the battery current drops below a critical level, the
active pre-load automatically starts. One basic requirement for this active pre-load is
that its rated power should be as small as possible, providing the DC-DC converter
can work properly. Conventional design of such an active pre-load usually requires
extra load current sensing. On the one hand, this current sensor should be very
accurate and insensitive to noise at very low-load current. On the other hand, it
should not be saturated and should not dissipate much power at very high-load
current. These design requirements make the conventional active pre-loads
complicated and costly.
A novel active pre-load circuit has been proposed with minimized power rate, as
shown in Figure 7.5 [15]. This active pre-load can automatically start without the
need for a current sensing circuit, which is usually complicated and costly. Its
operation principle is briefly described in the following. When the battery current
becomes extremely low, the pulse voltage of point A increases significantly due to
the asymmetrical drive of the two switches of the HB DC-DC converter. At a critical
load current level, this pulse voltage is high enough to turn on transistor Q. Capacitor
C is used to hold this voltage to keep transistor Q on, providing the converter a
D2
D3
Tr L2
C3
Battery
Q
D R C
R
D
R
R
A
activepre-load
. ..
C
z
b
D
Z
Figure 7.5 Circuit of the active pre-load
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
168
resistive load Rc. C can also eliminate noise to avoid turning on Q falsely. The
breakdown voltage of the zener diode, DZ, is chosen to set up the minimum battery
current where the active pre-load automatically starts. A Darlington transistor is used
as Q to reduce the base drive current. Since the active pre-load works only in the
interval T1 instead of the whole switching period T (referred to Figure 7.3), the rated
power, and consequently, the size and the cost of the active pre-load are significantly
reduced.
With the employment of this active pre-load, the charger worked very well at the
end of charge, ensuring that the battery would be fully charged. There is no danger of
overcharge even if it is left connected to the mains for long periods without
supervision. Repeated tests have also shown that it provided open load protection for
the charger. Even if a careless user removes the battery before he turns off the
charger, or turns on the charger without connecting batteries to the charger, the safety
of the charger need not be a concern.
7.5 Constant Steady-State Duty Cycle Control of the DC-
DC Converter
Unlike a general DC supply application where a constant output voltage is required,
the output voltage of a battery charger varies with the battery's state of charge. In the
two-stage scheme, if the DC bus voltage is fixed, the minimum steady-state duty
cycle of the HB DC-DC converter can be as small as 20%. Such a small duty cycle
will severely reduce the efficiency and increase current ripple. To optimize the
performance of the converter, it is highly desirable to operate the ZVS-HB-PWM
converter at close to 45% duty cycle. This is explained below.
As the duty cycle of the HB converter falls, the magnetizing current of the
transformer increases to maintain charge balance of the DC blocking capacitor in
series with the transformer primary winding. This, in turn, demands that the
transformer core is properly gapped and this further increases the magnetizing
current. As a result, the conduction loss of the HB converter increases significantly.
In addition, the size of the output filter inductor becomes much larger as the duty
cycle decreases. When the duty cycle of the HB converter is less than 30% (break
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
169
point), the overall performance of the HB converter becomes worse than that of the
forward converter. Therefore, it is essential to keep the duty cycle of the HB
converter at close to 45% over the entire input and output voltage range to optimize
the performance of the battery charger. This is also true when other types of DC-DC
converter are employed.
To solve the problem, the PFC stage output voltage was regulated proportional
to the battery voltage in this design. As a result, the steady-state duty cycle of the
ZVS-HB DC-DC converter was kept close to 45% in both CC mode and CP mode,
and the performance of the converter were optimized. Figure 8.6 shows the diagram
of principle of the control. When using a commercial PFC control chip, the PFC error
Amp and the reference of the PFC output voltage Vref are inside the chip and the
value of Vref is fixed. The sensed battery voltage VO is then added to the sensed PFC
stage output voltage Vbus at the voltage feedback input of the PFC controller. This is
equivalent to controlling the reference voltage of the error amplifier, Vref.
It is worthwhile to noting that the bus voltage regulation loop should be designed
to be very slow, with the crossover frequency being only a few Hz, since the battery
voltage changes very slowly. Fast response of this loop can cause a stability problem
in the system.
+
-
-1V o
V bus
C co m pR 1
R 2
R 3
V ref
P FC S tageE rro r A m p
Figure 7.6 Diagram of principle of constant steady-state duty cycle control
7.6 Measurements
A 780 W prototype of the on-board battery charger for a 36 volt battery was designed
and built, which employed a ZCS boost PFC pre-converter and an asymmetrically
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
170
controlled ZVS HB PWM converter. Later, a slight design modification was made
for 48 V and 24 V battery charging. Efficiency of each stage was around 95%. Over
the entire input and output voltage ranges, above 90% overall efficiency, as shown in
Figure 7.7.
Figure 7.8 shows the oscilloscope photograph of typical line voltage and line
current waveforms. It can be seen that both waveforms have good sinusoidal shape
and are well in phase. Greater than 0.995 input power factor have been achieved. The
input current harmonic distortion was limited to 3% typically.
The control parameters have been optimized and thus the operation of the
charger was very stable. The measurements of the loop gain of the dc-dc converter,
shown in Figure 7.9 and Figure 7.10, indicated a phase margin of 40� in the Constant
Current Charging Mode and an even larger phase margin, 89�, in the Constant
Voltage Charging mode, respectively. The difference of the phase margin in the
different charging modes was because of the different control planes in the CC mode
and CV mode. The similarity was seen in the analysis of control characteristics of the
boost converter in CV mode and CC mode in Chapter 4. All the protection functions
worked satisfactorily, including open load protection, due to the employment of the
active pre-load.
80828486
889092
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45
Battery Voltage in charging (V)
Effi
cien
cy (
%)
Figure 7.7 Overall efficiency measurement
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
171
Figure 7.8 Oscilloscope photograph of typical input line voltage (upper trace)and input line current (lower trace) waveforms
Figure 7.9 Loop gain measurement in constant current charging mode
CHAPTER 7 SOFT-SWITCHED ON-BOARD EV BATTERY CHARGERS WITHUNITY POWER FACTOR
172
Figure 7.10 Loop gain measurement in constant voltage charging mode
7.7 Review
Guidelines for the selection of a suitable power stage topology, together with a
suitable soft-switching technique in EV on-board battery chargers is given. An
optimized charge profile is presented which prolongs the battery life while
maintaining the feature of fast charge. The steady-state duty cycle of the charger's dc-
dc converter is kept close to 45% to help achieve high efficiency in the charger. A
novel active pre-load with minimized power rate ensures that the battery will be fully
charged and also protects the charger on open load. The value of these techniques has
been verified by measurement results from a constructed on-board battery charger for
EV applications, which employs a ZCS boost PFC converter and an asymmetrically
controlled ZVS-HB dc-dc converter in cascade.
173
Chapter 8
Conclusions and Recommendations forFurther Work
8.1 Conclusions
The following summarizes the technologies developed for EV propulsion presented
in this thesis.
(1) Energy and Power Management and Control Strategy in the
NTCER EV (Chapter2, 4)
In BEV development, the battery remains the main barrier to success. The challenge
is that design choices for energy density, power, lifetime, weight, volume and cost of
the battery are all compromises. Accordingly, a novel energy and power management
scheme has been proposed for the NTCER EV. The proposed energy and power
management scheme employs the newly developed non-flowing zinc-Bromine
battery (NFZBB) and ultracapacitors (UCs). NFZBBs are optimized for specific
energy, low cost and long life, and ultracapacitors feature high power density and
long life and are used to complement the NFZBB to achieve good acceleration
performance at low speeds. Combining the two different types of energy storage can
optimize the EV propulsion system to achieve high energy for drive range, high
power for good acceleration performance, long lifetime, and low cost.
CHAPTER 8 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FURTHER WORK 174
The energy and power management scheme proposed is based on the drive cycle
data obtained from an ICE meter-reading vehicle, comparison of results of the
obtained data and FUDS, and the analysis of the NTCER EV propulsion system on
the drive cycles. Measurements show that the ratio of peak power to average power is
as high as 6.83:1, and most of the accelerations from rest are up to speeds of 35km/h
or less. Employing ultracapacitors to complement the NFZBB to achieve good
acceleration performance at low vehicle speeds load levels the EV battery.
Combining the short-term power assist scheme with the constant power control
scheme above the motor base speed gives the overall power control characteristic of
the EV propulsion system. The resulting maximum torque – speed envelope from the
overall power control scheme is similar to that of an internal combustion engine plus
transmission. That is, the propulsion system provides high torque at low speeds and
lower torque at high speeds with which human beings are familiar.
Since the NTCER EV profile is similar to that for a typical urban EV, the
NTCER EV research is applicable to general EVs.
(2) Several Technologies in BDCM Control (Chapter 3)
Chapter 3 discusses several advanced control techniques for BDCMs, with emphasis
on EV applications.
Firstly, the impact of PWM strategies and commutation schemes on the
performance of BDCMs is explored. A comparison between bipolar voltage
switching PWM and unipolar voltage switching PWM is made and selection criteria
are given. Two solutions are proposed to the phase current distortion problem of
BDCMs in regeneration mode. One is a combination of unipolar voltage switching
PWM, bipolar voltage switching PWM and a six-step commutation scheme, and the
other is a twelve-step commutation scheme. It is concluded that the former is a better
control scheme in terms of efficiency, rectangularity of phase current waveforms and
circuitry simplicity.
Secondly, several techniques for speed extension and constant power operation
of BDCMs are discussed. Those include flux weakening, advancing the phase angle
of the excitation transition points, mechanically varying the air gap of the motor and
CHAPTER 8 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FURTHER WORK 175
the voltage boosting method. Of those, the proposed voltage boosting method has
distinct advantages.
Thirdly, two different current control methods of BDCMs at speeds above the
base speed, when using a boost converter for speed extension of the BDCMs, are
studied. Control system stability analysis in the s-plane when using the two different
methods is presented. A clear conclusion is arrived at.
Finally, the control of regeneration current of BDCMs when the motor speed is
above the base speed is discussed. This is a well-known difficult issue in BDCM
control. An effective control method is proposed.
(3) A Multifunctional DC-DC Converter Topology and the
Implementation of Soft Switching in bidirectional Operation
(Chapter 4, 5)
Both the short-term power assist scheme at low speeds and the constant power
control scheme at speeds above the base speed each require a bidirectional dc-dc
converter. Instead of using two separate dc-dc converters which will add considerable
complexity and cost to the propulsion system, a novel multifunctional dc-dc
converter has been proposed. It adds only three components to a simple conventional
bidirectional dc-dc converter and can implement all the functions required by the
overall energy/power management scheme. The principle of operation and control
rules of the multifunctional dc-dc converter are presented in detail.
After an evaluation of various soft-switching techniques, the zero voltage
transition (ZVT) soft switching technique is chosen for the multifunctional dc-dc
converter. The ZVT dc-dc converter has minimum switching loss resulting in high
efficiency, reduced electromagnetic interference (EMI) and improved reliability for
the power devices in the dc-dc converter. Another important feature of the ZVT dc-
dc converter is that no additional switching voltage and current stress are imposed on
the power devices. Simulation results are presented and verified by the measurement
results of the built ZVT dc-dc converter. The measured efficiency of the ZVT dc-dc
converter is above 96%.
CHAPTER 8 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FURTHER WORK 176
(4) A Novel Design for High Power Ferrite Cored Inductor with
Ease of Design and Improved Overall Performance (Chapter 5)
At high power levels, due to the large dimensions of ferrite cores and air gaps, the
influence of leakage flux and fringing flux on the inductor design becomes
significant and is difficult to accurately predict. With conventional design of high
power ferrite cored inductors, difficulty exists in achieving a satisfactory overall
performance. A novel design for high power ferrite cored inductors employing a
dual-coil or distributed winding scheme is proposed by the author to combat the
problems. Results from both 3-Dimensional (3D) finite element analysis (FEA) and
measurement verify the viability of the novel design for high power inductors. The
proposed inductor design allows better optimization by reducing the localization of
saturation and leakage flux, or EMI levels, achieving good utilization of the magnetic
cores.
(5) A New Intelligent IGBT Drive Module for High Power IGBTs
(Chapter 6)
Existing commercial IGBT drivers are restricted to certain applications and are
subject to one or more of the following limitations:
� Peak current no larger than 2 amperes
� Single driver
� No intelligent functions such as overcurrent or desaturation protection
� No fault status annunciation
� Unipolar drive outputs
� Need for external isolated dc supply
� Inconvenient to use.
A new intelligent gate drive module for high power IGBTs has been developed
and presented in Chapter 6. The intelligent functions of this module include under
voltage lockout protection and overcurrent protection with fault status annunciation.
The module contains dual drivers which make it especially suitable for phase leg
drive, and outputs bipolar signals so that the “off” status of the IGBT is ensured when
CHAPTER 8 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FURTHER WORK 177
the IGBT is required to be “off”. It needs only a unipolar dc supply due to the built-
in, well-regulated, and isolated floating power supply. This module features high
current capacity, powerful functions, high performance, wide application, and
convenience of use, and is suitable for high power applications such as in EV drives.
The detailed functions, operation, performance, and practical application issues are
addressed.
(6) Several Technologies in the Soft-Switched, Unity-Power-Factor
Battery Charger (Chapter 7)
In the development of a soft-switched on-board EV battery charger with unity power
factor, which employs a ZCS boost PFC converter and an asymmetrically controlled
ZVS-HB dc-dc converter in cascade, several state-of-the-art technologies are
presented and verified.
Firstly guidelines for the selection of a suitable power stage topology, together
with a suitable soft-switching technique in EV on-board battery chargers is given.
Secondly, the charge profile is optimized by inserting a constant-power mode
between the constant-current mode and the constant-voltage mode. The optimized
charge profile prolongs the battery life while maintaining the feature of fast charge.
Thirdly, the steady-state duty cycle of the charger's dc-dc converter is kept close to
45% to help achieve high efficiency in the charger. Finally, a novel active pre-load
with minimized power rate ensures that the battery will be fully charged and also
protects the charger on open load.
The value of these techniques has been verified by measurement results from a
constructed EV on-board battery charger.
8.2 Recommendations for Further Work
The following research and development is recommended for further work.
� Modifying the main inductor in the dc-dc converter using Litz wire for
optimization of efficiency and ease of manufacture when finalizing the NTCER
EV propulsion design and construction [98].
CHAPTER 8 CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FURTHER WORK 178
� Developing user-defined control algorithms, such as the control of the charging
status and the charging /discharging current of the ultracapacitor bank according
to vehicle speeds, command of the motor current, etc. This can optimize the
propulsion system to achieve further improvement in efficiency, battery lifetime,
and drive range.
� Testing the completed system, including the NFZBB batteries, the ultracapacitor
bank and the high-power inverter.
� Increasing the power by employing a battery bank with higher voltage, and
IGBTs to replace the MOSFETs in the power electronics controllers.
179
Appendix A
The Non-Flowing Zinc/BromineBattery for Electric VehicleApplications
Courtesy of Bjorn Jonshagen [63]
APPENDIX A 180
The Non-Flowing Zinc/Bromine Battery for Electric VehicleApplications
Bjorn JonshagenZBB Energy Corporation, 16 Emerald Tce, West Perth, Western Australia
Phone: +61-08-93109380, Fax: +61-08-93109381, e-mail: [email protected]
Abstract: The Non-Flowing Zinc/Bromine Battery technology is a promising spin-off from work on the flowing electrolyte Zinc/Bromine Battery, by ZBB EnergyCorporation. The new Non-Flowing Zinc/Bromine Battery (NFZBB) is ideally suitedto Electric Vehicle (EV) applications. The advantages offered by the NFZBB are:
� High energy density for a long EV driving range;� High power density for good EV acceleration;� Capacity to withstand several thousand full discharge cycles without damage so
that the batteries will last for the life of the vehicle; and� Low cost production.
The paper, the first publication about this new technology, outlines the constructionof the battery; it’s performance characteristics and the most recent test results. Thetechnology uses multiple cell, bipolar electrode “battery stacks” that can have sixty ormore cells giving individual batteries with voltages of over one hundred volts. Highvoltage vehicle power systems give the advantage of reduced weights and dimensionsfor the power control, wiring and motor systems. The battery has a simpleconstruction with no electrolyte circulation. A single cell prototype, currently on lifecycle test, has passed the 3,300 cycles mark and still achieves very goodperformance. During this test the battery is fully discharged to 1.0 volt per cell ateach cycle.
Keywords: Battery, bike, bi-polar, cycle life, energy density, energy storage, powerdensity, safety, vehicle performance, zinc bromine.
The Chemistry
The Non-Flowing Zinc/Bromine Battery (NFZBB) uses an aqueous electrolytecontaining Zinc Bromide salt. During charge, zinc is electroplated on the anode sideof each bipolar electrode, and bromine is evolved at the cathode side. A microporousseparator divides the two cell halves. A complexing agent in the electrolyte is usedto reduce the mobility, reactivity and vapour pressure of the elemental bromine byforming a polybromide complex. On discharge, zinc is oxidised to zinc ions, and onthe cathodes, the bromine is reduced to bromide ions.
The electrochemical reactions during charge are given as follows:
APPENDIX A 181
Overall: ZnBr2 � Zn + Br2Anode: Zn2+ + 2e - � ZnCathode: 2Br - � Br2 + 2e -
Bromine Complex: QBr - + nBr2 � Q(Br2)nBr -
QBr - = Complexing Agent
Construction and Materials
In a multiple cell bipolar electrode battery stack (Figure 1) only the two endelectrodes have terminal connections. The bipolar electrodes (e) that divide twobattery cells are not accessed from the outside and form the positive electrode(cathode, +) in one cell and the negative electrode (anode, -) in the adjoining cell.Each cell is divided in two cell halves by the separator (s).
Figure 1: Bipolar Stack Build (four cells only drawn)
The bipolar electrode design increases the specific energy and the voltage of thebattery. Multiple cell stacks with sixty or more cells can be built producingindividual batteries with voltages of over one hundred volts. High voltage vehiclepower systems give the advantage of reduced weights and dimensions for the powercontrol, wiring and motor systems.
The NFZBB battery stack consists nearly entirely of low cost polyethylene plasticmaterials. Only a thin metal screen on the back side of the terminal electrodes isnecessary to direct the electrical current in the x-y plane of the electrode. The plasticelectrodes contain carbon for electrical conductivity and glass fibres to minimisewarpage. The separators are made from microporous silica filled polyethylene. Eachelectrode and separator is fitted into a plastic frame. Alternating electrode andseparator frames are then joined together between plastic endblocks to form ahermetically sealed battery stack.
APPENDIX A 182
Polyethylene can be formed and joined using common industrial techniques such asinjection moulding, extrusion and heat welding techniques. All these techniques lendthemselves to highly automated, low cost mass production. The electrolyte is basedon Zinc Bromide salt solution, which is commonly available at low costs. The lowcost of both materials and manufacturing ensures that a low cost battery can beproduced.
Cycle Life
Figure 2 represents the results from continuous life cycle testing of a single cellbattery with a 400 cm2 active electrode area (NF400A-104-01). The test involvesrepeated and continued cycling in an automated test station. Each discharge is deepto near zero state of charge (SOC) when the remaining cell voltage is only one volt.Every 100 cycles a complete “zinc strip” is carried out. This involves discharging allthe way down to zero terminal voltage and leaving the battery short circuited until theopen cell voltage is approximately zero. With this procedure all the plated zinc isremoved from the anode leaving a completely clean electrode substrate for platingzinc during the next charge cycle. After the total removal of zinc and bromine, a fewcycles are required before the full coulombic efficiency is returned.
0
20
40
60
80
100
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500
EE%VE%CE%
Cycle Number
Eff
eci
en
cy %
NF400-A104-01
Figure 2: Cycle Plot for Cell NF400A-104-01
APPENDIX A 183
Data is logged every 30 seconds and cycle efficiencies are computed for each cycle.The columbic efficiency (CE) represents the capacity discharged from the battery as apercentage of the amp hour charge input. The voltaic efficiency (VE) is the ratiobetween average discharge and charge voltages. The total energy efficiency (EE) foreach cycle is the ratio of DC energy out to DC energy in. The life cycle testing isaccelerated by carrying out several cycles per day. The cycling is carried out at aconstant ambient temperature of 30 �C. Higher return energy efficiency has beenachieved at lower temperatures.
NF400A-104-01 is still performing at 70 % energy efficiency after 3,300 cycles to adischarge voltage of 1.0 volts per cell. This represents nine years of daily cycling ofa vehicle battery. The test is continuing. The cycle life of the Non FlowingZinc/Bromine Battery is not restricted by 100% depth of discharge cycling.
Cycle Performance
Four identical 16 cell prototype batteries labelled NF400A-130-16, NF400A-131-16,NF400A-132-16 and NF400A-133-16 have been built. Figure 3 is a photo of one ofthe batteries. The external dimensions are length: 290 mm, width: 140 mm, height:255 mm.. The batteries are built using the same assembly techniques as was used forthe single cell NF400A-104-01. All cell components and materials, except theseparators, are also identical to that used for NF400A-104-01. The separator materialcomes from an alternative supplier and a separate test series has proved that thismembrane gives an increased coulombic efficiency.
The four 24V nominal (the open cell voltage at fully charged state is around 28 volts)batteries use a secondary containment system consisting of a rotation mouldedpolyethylene box and lid. The space between the box and the cell stack componentsis filled with casting epoxy.
Figure 3: 24 Volt Prototype Battery NF400A-130-16
APPENDIX A 184
The four prototype batteries have been cycled individually on the laboratory benchusing the baseline cycle regime. The cycle performance for the first eight cycles foreach battery is plotted in Figure 4. The cycles are discharged to 16 volts (1 volt percell). As can be seen, the performance is very even between the batteries and thereturn energy efficiency is at a very high level. The first cycle is marginally lowersince no bromine is present prior to the first cycle. On average all the batteriesdeliver a return DC to DC energy efficiency of over 85 %.
80
85
90
95
100
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
NF400-A133-16NF400-A132-16NF400-A131-16NF400-A130-16
EE
VE
CE
CYCLE NUMBER
%E
FF
ICIE
NC
IES
Figure 4: Laboratory Cycle Test Performance for the Four Prototype Batteries
APPENDIX A 185
16000
18000
20000
22000
24000
26000
28000
30000
0 1 2 3-4000
-3000
-2000
-1000
0
1000
2000
3000
4000
CURRENTVOLTAGE
TIME/ hr
VO
LTA
GE
/ m
V
CU
RR
EN
T/ m
A
CE (%) VE (%) EE (%)97 90 87
Figure 5: Laboratory Test Cycle #2, Battery NF400A-130-16
Cycle number 2 for battery NF400A-130-16 is plotted in Figure 5 where the constantcurrent charge and discharge characteristics of the system are clearly displayed. Forthis individual cycle the battery returns 87% of the DC charge energy at the pointwhen the discharge voltage reaches 16 Volts.
Three of the prototype batteries have been charged and discharged while connectedtogether in parallel. The batteries were found to share the current evenly indicatingthat scaled up systems can be built by connecting a number of batteries in parallel aswell as by increasing the number of cells in a battery.
Peak Power Density
Voltage measurements on one of the prototype batteries (NF400A-133-16) have beentaken in the first few seconds of discharge at currents up to 80 Amps (Figure 6). Thecurrent was sustained for 60 seconds and the voltage recorded at 30 and 60 seconds.At 80 Amps the voltage was dropping rapidly and the test was terminated after thefirst reading (~3 seconds).
The 50 Amp readings were high, possibly because these readings were taken first,and full recovery was not achieved before the 40 and 60 Ampere tests wereperformed. However, it is still clear that the fully charged battery can deliver around700 Watts for 30 seconds (Figure 7).
APPENDIX A 186
DISCHARGE VOLTAGE NF400A-133-16
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
CURRENT [A]
VO
LTA
GE
[V]
After ~3 Sec
After 30 Sec
After 60 Sec
Figure 6: Start of discharge Voltages for Prototype Battery NF400A-133-16
30 second power output
0200400600800
1000
0 20 40 60 80
Current (A)
Pow
er (
W)
Current Voltage Power(Amps) (Volts) (Watts)30 19.7 59140 16.9 67650 15.7 78560 11.3 678
Figure 7: Power output from prototype battery NF400A-133-16
APPENDIX A 187
Energy Density
Prototype batteries have been cycled at a charge loading that return an energy densityin excess of 45 Wh/kg based on the weight of the electrolyte only. Even at thischarge loading, only about 50% of the active chemicals available in the electrolyteare utilised. The most important factor, apart from electrolyte utilisation, is theweight of battery hardware components. The lighter the dry battery can be built, thehigher the discharge energy density.
A new generation of prototypes, with an 800 cm2 active area, is currently beingdeveloped. These batteries are put together in a different way and the hardwarecomponents weigh proportionally less compared with the 400 cm2 generationprototypes. The first eight cell prototype of this new generation is currently on test inthe laboratory delivering in excess of 25 Wh/kg under continuous deep dischargecycling conditions. A battery unit with higher number of cells (higher voltage) candeliver a higher effective energy density since the proportion of “dry weight” to totalweight is less when more cells are put together in one unit. It is estimated that 32 cell,48 volt prototypes using the new hardware will have a practical total dischargeenergy density in excess of 30 Wh/kg.
ZBB Energy Corporation is currently carrying out a research and developmentprogram aimed at increasing the energy density and the power density further. Thisis done by utilising the available active chemicals further and by increasing theconcentration of active chemicals available. Key components of the battery such asthe bromine storage agents, the positive side substrate and the battery separator arealso given particular attention. Table 1 outlines the projected performance from 800cm2 batteries built in 24, 48 and 96 volt configuration under continuous deepdischarge cycling conditions
Table 1: 800 cm2 Non-Flow Zinc/Bromine Battery Projected Performance
EstimatedWeight
# ofcells
Voltage Energy Power(continuous)
Power(30 sec.)
total Electr.
EstimatedEnergyDensity
[V] [kWh] [W] [W] [kg] [kg] [Wh/kg]16 24 1.0 800 2,000 20 12 5032 48 2.0 1,600 4,000 34 24 6064 96 4.0 3,200 8,000 62 48 64
Vehicle Test
The 400 cm2 prototype batteries have been tested on a purpose built bicycle with a48Volt hub motor in the front wheel. The bicycle utilises two series connected24Volt batteries fitted on the rear baggage carrier (Figure 8). The bicycle has good
APPENDIX A 188
performance characteristics with ample power to go up even steep hills withoutpedalling. The top speed, on electric power alone, on level ground is over 30 km/h.
A road test has been carried out on a 6 km test loop that involves some smaller hillsand tight corners requiring acceleration and deceleration. The fully charged electricbicycle was driven, without any pedalling at an average speed of 20 km/h around thetest loop. The bicycle was stopped a few times to change rider. The batteries wereflat after 3 hours and 16 minutes when the tricycle had travelled 66 km.
.
Figure 8: 48 Volt Electric Bicycle
Safety
The technology is considered safe, since neither the materials used in cell builds northe electrolytes are classified as toxic. When a battery is charged the corrosiveelement bromine is produced in the positive cell halves. However, once the batteryhas been discharged, only a very low concentration of bromine remains. The concernwith bromine is vapour inhalation and skin and eye contact. Several levels ofprotection have been implemented to ensure that human contact with bromine willnot occur.
Firstly, the bromine produced during charge is comlexed to form a polybromide“second phase” bromine storage compound. This compound holds virtually all thebromine produced and reduces the vapour pressure of free bromine (150 mmHg @20�C) to a very low level (~3 mmHg @ 20�C) thus limiting the amount of brominereleased to the atmosphere if a cell is ruptured.
Secondly, the polybromide second phase is organic and separates out from theaqueous electrolyte and is soaked into the positive substrate used. This will reduceeven further the amount of bromine released in case of a cell rupture.
APPENDIX A 189
Thirdly, using the bipolar cell build technique only small amounts of bromine areproduced per cell. The NFZBB technology utilises a large number of lower currentcapacity cells rather than a low number of high capacity cells as with the lead acidbattery. This considerably limits the amount of bromine released from a single cellrupture.
The secondary containment used for the prototype batteries provides a spill barriershould one of the cells develop a leak. The mass produced batteries will have asimilar secondary containment and be fully sealed so that no bromine can escape intothe environment. Any bromine containing electrolyte that is accidentally releasedcan be easily neutralised (for example with sodium carbonate) into harmlesscompounds that can be safely washed away with water.
APPENDIX B
190
Appendix B
Schematic Diagrams
This appendix includes schematic diagrams of the bidirectional ZVT dc-dc converter
for Phase I NTCER EV.
APPENDIX B 191
B1: Power block schematic
12
34
56
ABCD
65
43
21
D C B A
Tit
le
Num
ber
Re
visi
onS
ize
B Da
te:
6-D
ec-
2000
S
hee
t
of
File
:C
:\ya
n\..
\App
end
ix c
onve
rter
-pow
er.
sch
Dra
wn
By:
L1
40uH
L2
3uH
E1
Ba
tte
ry
Dx3
DSE
I 2X
101
Dx2
DSE
I 2X
101
Dy-
2D
SE
I 2X
101
Dx1
DS
EI
2X10
1
C3
47nF
/250
V
L3 3u
HD
y1
DSE
I 2X
101
SC
R11
1RK
180
D1
123N
Q10
0
S1
1XFN
180
N20
Sx
1XFN
180
N20
Sy
1XFN
180
N20
S2
1XFN
180
N20
C4
2.2
uF/2
50V
C5
4700
uF
C6
4700
uF
1
2
3
4
CT
1L
A 2
05-S
C7
100n
F/25
0V
R1
330k
R3
4.7k
1234
J1 CO
N4
C9
0.22
uF/2
50V
+N
C -
m
12
J2 CO
N2
12
J3 CO
N2
12J4
CO
N2
12
J5 CO
N2
11.
0
Xin
xia
ng Y
an
Sch
em
ati
c of
Pow
er
Sta
ge
SC
R G
SC
R K
Vbu
s
R2
300k
R4
2.4k
Vba
tt
C8
0.68
uF
40uH
ind
ucto
rou
tsid
e t
he b
oard
Out
put
-
Out
put
+
Rxx
4.7
(2W
)
Dxx
MU
R 8
60 (
3 in
pa
ralle
l)
Ryy
4.7
(2W
)D
yy
MU
R86
0 (3
in
para
llel)
APPENDIX B 192
B2: Gate driver schematic
12
34
56
ABCD
65
43
21
D C B A
Tit
le
Num
ber
Re
visi
onS
ize
B Da
te:
6-D
ec-
2000
S
hee
t
of
File
:C
:\ya
n\T
hesi
s\A
ppe
ndix
FE
T d
rive
rs.s
chD
raw
n B
y:
R1
680
C1
1uF
2
7
8 5
3
U1
HP
221
1
1
8
27 6
5
4
U5
4422
C2
1uF
Ga
te d
rive
r fo
r a
uxi
buck
sw
itch
MO
SFE
T D
rive
rs
21.
0
Xin
xia
ng Y
an
Ga
te d
rive
r fo
r m
ain
Buc
k sw
itch
C8
0.1u
F
C12
0.47
uF+12V
+15V
(boo
st)
C13
0.47
uF
R2
680
C3
1uF
2
7
8 5
3
U2
HP
221
1
1
8
27 6
5
4
U6
4422
C4
1uF
C9
0.1u
F
C14
0.47
uF+12V
+15V
(buc
k-m
ain
)
C15
0.47
uF
Ga
te d
rive
rs f
or m
ain
Boo
st s
wit
ch
R3
680
2
7
8 5
3
U3
HP
221
1
1
8
27 6
5
4
U7
4422
C5
1uF
+15V
(boo
st)
C10
0.1u
FC
160.
47uF
R4
680
2
7
8 5
3U
4
HP
221
1
1
8
27 6
5
4
U8
4422
C6
1uF
C11
0.1u
FC
170.
47uF
123
J1 CO
N3
123
J2 CO
N3
12
J3 CO
N2
1 2
GS
1
CO
N2-
FET
Vin
2
GN
D1
+Vou
t4
0V3
U9
NM
L12
15S
R5
100k
R9
2.7 R
13
6.8
D1
1N58
59
ZD
115
V
1 2
GS
2
CO
N2-
FET
R6
100k
R10
2.7 R
14
6.8
D2
1N58
59
ZD
215
V
Vin
2
GN
D1
+Vou
t4
0V3
U10
NM
L12
15S
1 2
GS
3
CO
N2-
FET
R7
100k
R11
2.7 R
15
6.8
D3
1N58
59
ZD
315
V
C7
1uF
C18
0.47
uF+12V
+15V
(buc
k-a
uxi)
Vin
2
GN
D1
+Vou
t4
0V3
U11
NM
L12
15S
1 2
GS
4
CO
N2-
FET
R8
100k
R12
2.7 R
16
6.8
D4
1N58
59
ZD
415
V
Ga
te d
rive
rs f
or a
uxi
Boo
st s
wit
ch
R17
4.7k
R18
4.7k
R19
4.7k
APPENDIX B 193
B3: Control Schematic #1
12
34
56
ABCD
65
43
21
D C B A
Tit
le
Num
ber
Re
visi
onS
ize
B Da
te:
6-D
ec-
2000
S
hee
t
of
File
:C
:\ya
n\..
\App
end
ix m
ast
er
cont
rol.
sch
Dra
wn
By:
Ma
ste
r C
ontr
ol B
oard
Vbu
sV
batt
Vba
tt-m
Vbu
s-m
volt
age
se
nsor
svo
lta
ge s
ens
ors.
sch
Vbu
sV
batt
Vba
tt-m
Vbu
s-m
Im-c
md
Ve
loci
ty
Vba
tt-m
SC
R d
rive
Dri
ving
, a
bove
Nb
Re
gen,
abo
ve N
b
cont
rol
sign
al
cont
rol
sign
al.
sch
Im-c
md
Ve
loci
ty
Vba
tt-m
SC
R d
rive
Dri
ving
, a
bove
Nb
Re
gen,
abo
ve N
b
Ire
fV
bus-
mD
rivi
ng,
abo
ve N
b
Re
gen,
abo
ve N
b
curr
ent
re
fcu
rre
nt r
ef.s
ch
Ire
fV
bus-
mD
rivi
ng,
abo
ve N
b
Re
gen,
abo
ve N
b
Boo
st p
erm
itte
dB
uck
perm
itte
d
Vba
tt-m
Nor
ma
l V
batt
& c
urre
nt
I-in
d-m
Dri
ving
, a
bove
Nb
Re
gen,
abo
ve N
b
Dis
abl
ed
sign
als
Dis
abl
ed
sign
als
.sch
Boo
st p
erm
itte
dB
uck
perm
itte
d
Vba
tt-m
Nor
ma
l V
batt
& c
urre
nt
I-in
d-m
Dri
ving
, a
bove
Nb
Re
gen,
abo
ve N
b
From
Inve
rte
r
1 2 3 4 5 6
J3 MO
LE
X6
From
Pow
er
Blo
ck
+15V
-15V C
10.
1uF
C2
0.1u
F
Nor
ma
l V
batt
& c
urre
ntB
oost
pe
rmit
ted
Buc
k pe
rmit
ted
Ga
te b
uck
aux
i
Ga
te b
oost
aux
iG
ate
boo
st m
ain
Ire
f
Ga
te b
uck
ma
in
I-in
d-m
I-in
d
PW
M U
C38
23A
PW
M U
C38
23A
.sch
Nor
ma
l V
batt
& c
urre
ntB
oost
pe
rmit
ted
Buc
k pe
rmit
ted
Ga
te b
uck
aux
i
Ga
te b
oost
aux
iG
ate
boo
st m
ain
Ire
f
Ga
te b
uck
ma
in
I-in
d-m
I-in
d
To
Dri
ver
Boa
rd
-15V
+15V
C38
10uF
C39
10uF
C40
10uF
C41
10uF
C3
0.1u
F
C4
0.1u
FC
50.
1uF
C6
0.1u
F
1 2 3 4 5 6J6 MO
LE
X6
SC
R G
SC
R K
SC
R d
rive
conv
ert
er-
driv
ers
2co
nve
rte
r-dr
ive
rs2.
sch
SC
R G
SC
R K
SC
R d
rive
C43
10uF
+12V
(unr
eg)
12345678
J8 MO
LE
X8
1234
J1 MO
LE
X4
+12V
Vin
1
GND2
+5V
3
Re
g1L
M78
05
+5V
+12V
Vin
1
GND2
+12V
3
Re
g2L
M78
12
+12V
+15V
3
Xin
xia
ng Y
an
1.0
APPENDIX B 194
B4: Control Schematic #2
12
34
56
ABCD
65
43
21
D C B A
Tit
le
Num
ber
Re
visi
onS
ize
B Da
te:
6-D
ec-
200
0 S
hee
t
of
File
:C
:\ya
n\.
.\A
ppe
ndi
x vo
lta
ge s
ens
ors.
sch
Dra
wn
By:
Vbu
s
3 21
4 11
U33
A
MC
3317
4P
278
1
54
63
U30
LO
C11
1
R1
10k
+5V
R62
33k
P1
100k
R2 10
k
R67
470
C8
0.1u
F
3 21
4 11
U29
A
MC
3317
4P
C9
0.1u
F
+12V
(se
nsor
)
Vba
tt
3 21
4 11
U13
A
MC
3317
4P
278
1
54
63
U32
LO
C11
1
R4
10k
R64 33
k
P310
0k
R69
470
Vba
tt-m
R5
10k
+5V
10 98
U29
C
MC
331
74P
+12V
(se
nsor
)
Vbu
s-m
VO
LT
AG
E S
EN
SO
RS
4
Xin
xia
ng Y
an
C48
0.47
uFC
490.
47uF
C50
1.0u
F+1
2V
Vin
1
GND2
+12V
3
U28
MC
7812
CO
M5
Vs
1V
out+
6
GN
D2
SY
NC
in14
Vou
t-7
SY
NC
out
8
U27 D
CP
0115
15D
P
+12V
(se
nsor
)
C11
0.47
uF
C7
0.22
uF
C12
0.22
uF
F1 200m
A
C17
0.1u
F
1.0
APPENDIX B 195
B5: Control Schematic #3
12
34
56
ABCD
65
43
21
D C B A
Tit
le
Num
ber
Re
visi
onS
ize
B Da
te:
7-D
ec-
2000
S
hee
t
of
File
:C
:\ya
n\..
\App
end
ix c
ontr
ol s
igna
l.sc
hD
raw
n B
y:
Im-c
md
Vel
ocit
y
12 1314
U13
D
MC
3317
4P
R12
10k
R13
10k
R74 10
0k9 10
8
U15
C
SN
74L
S08
Vba
tt-m
10 98
U13
C
MC
3317
4PP
7 10k
Xin
xia
ng Y
an
3 21
4 11
U12
A
MC
3317
4PR
1610
k
R17
10k
R75
390k
1 23
14 7U15
A
SN
74L
S08
SC
R d
rive
4 56
U15
B
SN
74L
S08
Dri
ving
, a
bove
Nb
Re
gen,
abo
ve N
b
CO
NT
RO
L S
IGN
AL
S
+5V
C13
0.1u
F
+5V
C14
0.1u
F
5
C16
0.1u
F
+5V
1 23
14 7
U14
A
SN
74L
S00
4 56
U14
B
SN
74L
S00
ZD
32.
5V
+5V
5 67
U12
BM
C33
174P
5 67
U13
B
MC
3317
4P
R7
2.2k
+5V
ZD
42.
5V
C15
10nF
C10
0.1u
F
C?
0.22
uF
C?
0.22
uF
1.0
APPENDIX B 196
B6: Control Schematic #4
12
34
56
ABCD
65
43
21
D C B A
Tit
le
Num
ber
Re
visi
onS
ize
B Da
te:
7-D
ec-
2000
S
hee
t
of
File
:C
:\ya
n\T
hesi
s\A
pend
ix c
urre
nt r
ef.
sch
Dra
wn
By:
+5V
R92
22k
R28
22k
R98
22k
C54
100n
F
C55
10nF
P11
10k
5 67
U33
B
MC
3317
4P
+5V
D1
1N41
48
R31
10k
+5V
R32
10k
CU
RR
EN
T R
EFF
ER
EN
CE
1213
1
32
4
5
U10
A
DG
411
C52
0.1u
C53
0.1u+1
5V
Ire
f
10 98
U33
CM
C33
174P
Vbu
s-m
12 1314
U8D
MC
3317
4P
10 98
U8C
MC
3317
4PP
1410
k
P15
10k
+5V
R35
10k
8
67
U10
B
DG
411
Xin
xia
ng Y
an
Dri
ving
, a
bove
Nb
Re
gen,
abo
ve N
b
3 21
4 11
U8A
MC
3317
4P
R36
10k
R77
820k
R10
0
470
LE
D1
Gre
en
+5V
5 67
U8B
MC
3317
4P
R39
10k
R80
820k
R10
3
470
LE
D4
Gre
en
C19
0.1u
F
6
R9
22k
R3
10k
+5V
ZD
5Z
ET
3.3
V 1
%
R8
2.2k
1.0
C?
0.22
uF
C?
0.22
uF
C?
0.47
uF
APPENDIX B 197
B7: Control Schematic #5
12
34
56
ABCD
65
43
21
D C B A
Tit
le
Num
ber
Re
visi
onS
ize
B Da
te:
7-D
ec-
2000
S
hee
t
of
File
:C
:\ya
n\..
\App
end
ix D
isa
ble
d si
gna
ls.s
chD
raw
n B
y:
Boo
st p
erm
itte
d
Buc
k pe
rmit
ted
R44
10k
R81
820k
R10
4
470
LE
D5
Gre
en
R45
10k
R82
820k
R10
5
470
LE
D6
Gre
en
+5V
Vba
tt-m
10 98
U22
C
MC
3317
4PR
4610
k
R47
10k
P17
10k
+5V
R83
820k
Nor
ma
l V
batt
& c
urre
nt
DIS
AB
LE
D S
IGN
AL
S
I-in
d-m
C21
0.1u
F
+5V
R48
10k
R49
10k
P18
10k
+5V
R84
820k
R50
10kR
51
10k
P19
10k
+5V
R85
820k
PR
E4
CL
K3
D2
CL
R1
Q5
Q6
147
U23
AM
C74
F74
+5V
C22
0.1u
F
R89
100k
PB
1 SW
-PB
12 1314
U22
D
MC
3317
4P
R52
10k
R86
820k
R10
6
470
LE
D7
Gre
en
Ove
r cu
rre
ntR
ese
t
Xin
xia
ng Y
an
1 2 1312
14 7
U25
A
SN
74L
S11
3 4 56
U25
B
SN
74L
S11
Dri
ving
, a
bove
Nb
Re
gen,
abo
ve N
b
+5V
C23
0.1u
F
+5V
C24
0.1u
F
+5V
C26
0.1u
F
7
4 56
U17
B
SN
74L
S08
3 21
4 11
U22
A
MC
3317
4P
5 67
U22
B
MC
3317
4P
1 23
14 7
U19
A
SN
74L
S00
4 56
U19
B
SN
74L
S00
R10
22k
R6
10k+5
V
Nor
ma
l V
batt
& c
urre
nt
Buc
k pe
rmit
ted
Boo
st p
erm
itte
d
1 23
14 7
U17
A
SN
74L
S08
132J2 JU
MP
ER
3
132J4 JU
MP
ER
3
+5V
3 21
8 4
U1A
LM
358
5 67
U1B
LM
358
C18
0.1u
F
+5V
1.0
C?
0.22
uF
C?
0.22
uF
C?
0.22
uF
C?
0.22
uF
C?
0.22
uF
C?
0.22
uF
APPENDIX B 198
B8: Control Schematic #6
12
34
56
ABCD
65
43
21
D C B A
Tit
le
Num
ber
Re
visi
onS
ize
B Da
te:
6-D
ec-
2000
S
hee
t
of
File
:C
:\ya
n\T
hesi
s\A
ppen
dix
PW
M.s
chD
raw
n B
y:
+15V
C28
0.1u
F
R11
35.
1k
R10
71k
Q1
2N39
04
C61
1nF
R11
8
56Z
D1
2.5V
1%R
119
2.2k
R10
93.
3k
C29
0.1u
F
R99
10k C56
100n
F
C57
10nF C
66
10nF
R54 5k
R56
10k
R12
14.
7k
P21
10k
C67
330p
R12
02.
2k
R12
633
C30
100n
FR
128
56k
R11
4
10k
R57
10k
+5V
PW
M G
EN
ER
AT
ION
C68
100p
F
9 10 118
U25
C
SN
74L
S11
1 2 1312
14 7U7A
SN
74L
S11
Nor
ma
l V
bat
& c
urre
nt
Boo
st p
erm
itte
d
Buc
k pe
rmit
ted
Ga
te b
uck
aux
i
Ga
te b
oost
aux
i
Ga
te b
oost
ma
in1 2
3
14 7
U3A
SN
74L
S08
R11
01k
12 1314
U12
D
MC
3317
4P
Ire
f10 9
8U
12C
MC
3317
4P
Vcc15
ILIM
9
Vre
f16
Vc13
Out
A11
SS 8
Gnd10
Clo
ck4
NI
2
INV
1
E/A
out
3
Rt
5
Ct
6
Pw
r G
nd12
Out
B14
Ra
mp
7
U2
UC
3823
A
3 4 56
U7B
SN
74L
S11
Ga
te b
uck
ma
in
Xin
xia
ng
Ya
n
I-in
d-m
C33
0.1u
F
+5V
8
+5V
C35
0.1u
F
A1
B2
CL
R3
Cex
t14
Re
xt/C
ext
15
Q13
Q4
168
U5A
SN
74L
S12
3
C65
1nF
R12
3
4.7k
+5V
C36
0.1u
F
9 108
U3C
SN
74L
S08
9 108
U19
C
SN
74L
S00
R61
10K
I-in
d
C44
10uF
C25
1nF
C47
10uF
9 10 118
U7C
SN
74L
S11
+5V
A9
B10
CL
R11
Ce
xt6
Re
xt/C
ext
7
Q5
Q12
U5B
SN
74L
S12
3
C42
1nF
4 56
U3B
SN
74L
S08
1 23
14 7
U9A
SN
74L
S32
+5V
C34
0.1u
F
A1
B2
CL
R3
Cex
t14
Rex
t/C
ext
15
Q13
Q4
168
U6A
SN
74L
S12
3
C51
1nF
R23
4.7k
12 1311
U17
DS
N74
LS
08
C45
1nF
+5V
A9
B10
CL
R11
Cex
t6
Re
xt/C
ext
7
Q5
Q12
U6B
SN
74L
S12
3
C46
1nF
9 108
U17
C
SN
74L
S08
4 56
U9B
SN
74L
S32
C20
0.1u
F
+5V
R18
3.3k
R19
3.3k
R21
6.8k
R14
2.2k
D2
1N41
48
+5V
C31
1nF
+5V
R22
6.8k
+5V
C32
1nF
R15
2.2k
D3
1N41
48+5
V
R20
560k
C27
10nF
1.0
APPENDIX B 199
B9: Control Schematic #7
12
34
56
ABCD
65
43
21
D C B A
Tit
le
Num
ber
Re
visi
onS
ize
B Da
te:
6-D
ec-
2000
S
hee
t
of
File
:C
:\ya
n\T
hesi
s\A
ppe
ndi
x S
CR
dri
ver.
sch
Dra
wn
By:
R12
756
R12
4
4.7
K
+15V
16
34
T1
1:1
Q2
2N22
22
ZD
210
V Z
en
er
D6
1N40
07
R13
0
22R
131
220
D7
1N41
48
SC
R D
RIV
ER
91.
0
Xin
xia
ng Y
an
SC
R G
SC
R K
12 1311
U15
D
SN
74L
S08
SC
R d
rive
TR
IG2
Q3
R4
CV
olt
5T
HR
6
DIS
7
VCC8 GND1
U34
LM
555
C69
0.01
uF
+5V
C37
0.1u
F
R65
33k C72
10nF
R66
10k
R11
56k
9 108
U14
C
SN
74L
S00
+5V
200
Bibliography
[1] S. R. Shacket, The Complete Book of Electric Vehicles, Australia and New
Zealand Book Co Pty Ltd, 1979.
[2] M. Ehsani, K.M. Rahman, H.A. Toliyat, “Propulsion system design of electric
and hybrid vehicles,” IEEE Transactions on Industrial Electronics, vol. 44,
No.1, pp. 19-27, 1997.
[3] A. Sayigh, “Renewable energy - the way forward,” presented at 1999 World
Renewable Energy Congress, Perth, Australia, 1999.
[4] B. K. Bose, “Energy, environment, and advances in power electronics,” IEEE
Trans. on Power Electronics, vol. 15, pp. 688-701, 2000.
[5] B. J. Fleay, “World oil peaks next decade consequence for renewable
energy,” presented at World Renewable Energy Congress, Perth, Australia,
1999.
[6] DOE, “DOE Homepage, http//www.hev.doe.gov,” DOE (US Department of
Energy), 1999.
[7] A. B. Lovins, M. M. Brylawski, D. R. Cramer,T. C. Moore, “HYPERCARS:
materials, manufacturing, and policy implications,” March 1996.
[8] M. K. N. Hayashida, Yusgi Kamiya, “Energy regeneration of city commuter-
car by ultracapacitor and battery,” presented at EVS-16, 1999.
[9] W. Donitz, Karl E. Noreikat, “BEV, FCEV, HEV -- the same electric drive
train?,” presented at EVS-16, Beijing, 1999.
[10] V. Wouk, “Hybrids: then,” IEEE Spectrum, vol. 32, No. 7, 1995.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 201
[11] R. D. King, Kenneth B Haefner, Lembit Salasoo, Rudolph A Koegl, “Hybrid
electric transit bus pollutes less, conserves fuel,” IEEE Spectrum, 1995.
[12] B. Bates, “Getting a Ford HEV on the road,” IEEE Spectrum, 1995.
[13] K. Maruo, “Strategies alliances for the development of fuel cell vehicles,” in
AEVA Electric Vehicle News, vol. 150 March/April 1999. Australia
[14] Merceds-Benz, “Hydrogen-powered FCEV,” in Weekend Australia,
September. Sydney, 1997.
[15] X. Yan, Dean Patterson, “A high-efficiency on-board battery charger with
unity input power factor,” International Journal of Renewable Energy
Engineering, vol. 2, 2000.
[16] B. Kennedy, Dean Patterson, Xinxiang Yan, John Swenson, “Development of
a light short range electric commuter vehicle,” International Journal of
Renewable Energy Engineering, vol. 2, pp. 148-152, 2000.
[17] X. Yan, Dean Patterson, “Improvement of drive range, acceleration and
deceleration performance in an electric vehicle propulsion system,” presented
at The IEEE Power Electronics Specialist Conference (PESC'99), South
Carolina, USA, 1999.
[18] X. Yan, Dean Patterson, Byron Kennedy, “A multifunctional dc-dc converter
for an EV drive system,” presented at 16th International Electric Vehicle
Symposium and Exhibition (EVS-16), Beijing, China, 1999.
[19] X. Yan, Dean Patterson, “Novel power management for performance and cost
reduction in an electric vehicle,” International Journal of Renewable Energy,
vol.22 (1-3) pp. 177-183, 2001.
[20] X. Yan, Dean Patterson, Dan Sable, Guichao Hua, “Design of an intelligent
gate driver for high-power IGBT module,” presented at The IEEE
International Conference on Power Electronics Drives and Energy Systems
for Industrial Growth (PEDES'98), Perth, Australia, 1998.
[21] X. Yan, Dean Patterson, Dan Sable, Xinfu Zhuang, Guichao Hua, “Design of
power electronics for a satellite flywheel energy storage system,” presented at
The IEEE International Conference on Power Electronics Drives and Energy
Systems for Industrial Growth (PEDES'98), Perth, Australia, 1998.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 202
[22] D. Patterson, Xinxiang Yan, S. Camilleri, “A very high efficiency controller
for an axial flux permanent magnet wheel drive in a solar powered vehicle,”
presented at The IEEE International Conference on Power Electronics Drives
and Energy Systems for Industrial Growth (PEDES'98), Perth, Australia,
1998.
[23] P. Chandler, Xinxiang Yan, Dean Patterson, “Novel high power ferrite cored
inductor design with ease of design and improved overall performance,” 2001
IEEE Power Electronics Specialist Conference (PESC'01), 2001.
[24] DataElectronics, “Reference manual for the Datataker data loggers, Version
3.3,” 1993.
[25] J. Yang, “Electric drive system of electric vehicle,” presented at EVS-16,
1999.
[26] N. F. Iiinski, M. G. Bitchkov, “Switched reluctance drive for electric light
EVs,” presented at EVS-16, 1999.
[27] C. C. Chan, K.T. Chau, “An overview of power electronics in electric
vehicles,” IEEE Transactions on Industrial Electronics, vol. 44, No.1, pp. 3-
13, 1997.
[28] C. C. Chan, J.Z. Jiang, W. Xia, K.T. Chan, “Novel wide range speed control
of permanent magnet brushless motor drives,” IEEE Transactions on Power
Electronics, vol. 10, No.5, pp. 539-46, 1995.
[29] Q. An, Jiazhen Yuan, “Complexion and experience of research and
development of Beijing Brand EVs in series,” presented at EVS-16, 1999.
[30] A. M. Nasser, “Comparison of induction, PM, and SR motor technologies in
EV traction systems application,” presented at EVS-16, 1999.
[31] R. L. Hodkinson, “Recent advances in brushless dc motors and drives,”
presented at EVS-16, 1999.
[32] A. Sakai, Y. Sasaki, A. Otomo, F. Kawahata, A. Matui, “Toyota braking
system for hybrid vehicle with regenerative system,” presented at EVS-14,
Orlando, Florida, USA, 1997.
[33] D. Patterson, R. Spee, “The design and development of an axial flux
permanent magnet brushless DC motor for wheel drive in a solar powered
BIBLIOGRAPHY 203
vehicle,” IEEE Transactions on Industry Applications, vol. 31, pp. 1054-61,
1995.
[34] X. Jiang, Jiang Dan, Dongqi Zhu, Yuande Hu, Sixiang Liu, “The optimization
of permanent magnet brushless motor drive system for electric vehicle,”
presented at EVS-16, 1999.
[35] H. Weh, H Mosebach, H May, “Design concepts and force generation in
inverter-fed synchronous machines with permanent magnet excitation,” IEEE
Trans. on Magnetics, vol. 20, pp. 1756-1761, 1984.
[36] P. J. McCleer, J. M. Bailey, J. S. Lawler, B. Banerjee, “Five phase trapezoidal
back EMF PM synchronous machines and drives,” presented at 1991
European Power Electronics Conference, Florence, Italy, 1991.
[37] S. Ogasawara, H. Akagi, “An approach to position sensorless drive for
brushless DC motors,” IEEE Transactions on Industry Applications, vol. 27,
pp. 928-33, 1991.
[38] T. Furuhashi, S. Sangwongwanich, S. Okuma, “A position-and-velocity
sensorless control for brushless DC motors using an adaptive sliding mode
observer,” IEEE Transactions on Industrial Electronics, vol. 39, pp. 89-95,
1992.
[39] A. Consoli, S. Musumeci, A. Raciti, A. Testa, “Sensorless vector and speed
control of brushless motor drives,” IEEE Transactions on Industrial
Electronics, vol. 41, pp. 91-6, 1994.
[40] C. S. Berendsen, G. Champenois, A. Bolopion, “Commutation strategies for
brushless DC motors: influence on instant torque,” IEEE Transactions on
Power Electronics, vol. 8, pp. 231- 6, 1993.
[41] N. H. Rashidi, “Improved and less load dependent three-phase current-
controlled inverter with hysteresis current controllers,” IEEE Transactions on
Industrial Electronics, vol. 42, pp. 325-30, 1995.
[42] A. Tripathi, P. C. Sen, “Comparative analysis of fixed and sinusoidal band
hysteresis current controllers for voltage source inverters,” IEEE
Transactions on Industrial Electronics, vol. 39, pp. 63-73, 1992.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 204
[43] M. Kheraluwala, D. M. Divan, “Delta modulation strategies for resonant link
inverters,” presented at the 18th Annual IEEE Power Electronics Specialist
Conference (PESC'87), USA, 1987.
[44] B. K. Bose, “An adaptive hysteresis-band current control technique of a
voltage-fed PWM inverter for machine drive system,” IEEE Transactions on
Industrial Electronics, vol. 37, pp. 402-8, 1990.
[45] B. K. Bose, Power Electronics and Variable Frequency Drives, Technology
And Applications. New York: IEEE Press, 1996.
[46] X. Yan, Yanggang Yan, “Techniques of current control for brushless dc
motors,” Journal of Small and Special Motors, 1992.
[47] W. Leonhard, Control of Electrical Drives, 2nd edition. New York: Springer,
1996.
[48] H. Grotstollen, J Wiesing, “Torque capability and control of a saturated
induction motor over a wide range of flux weakening,” IEEE Trans. Ind.
Electron., vol. 42, pp. 374-381, 1995.
[49] S. HIti, Constantin C. Stancu, James M. Nagashima, “Propulsion system
control for next generation of EV1,” presented at EVS-16, Beijing, 1999.
[50] B. Sneyers, D. W. Novotny, T. A. Lipo, “Field weakening in Buried
permanent magnet ac motor drives,” IEEE Trans. on Ind. Applicat., vol. 21,
pp. 398-407, 1985.
[51] T. M. Jahns, “Flux-weakening regime operation of an interior permanent-
magnet synchronous motor drive,” IEEE Trans. on Ind. Applicat., vol. 23, pp.
681-689, 1987.
[52] B. K. Bose, P. M Szczesny, “A microcomputer-based control and simulation
of an advanced IPM synchronous machine drive system for electric vehicle
propulsion,” IEEE Trans. on Industrial Electronics, vol. 35, pp. 547, 1988.
[53] B. K. Bose, P. M. Szczesny, “A high performance inverter-fed drive system
of an interior permanent magnet synchronous machine,” IEEE Trans. on
Industrial Applications, vol. 24, pp. 987, 1988.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 205
[54] D. J. Patterson, “Recent advances in the design and construction of axial flux
permanent magnet machines,” presented at IEAust National Engineering
Conference, Australia, 1996.
[55] T. M. Jahns, “Torque production in permanent magnet synchronous motor
drives with rectangular current excitation,” IEEE Trans. Indus. Appl., vol. 20,
pp. pp. 803-813, 1984.
[56] J. Ofori-Tenkorong, “Permanent-magnet synchronous motors and associated
power electronics for direct-drive vehicle propulsion,” Ph.D. thesis,
Department of Electrical Engineering, Massachusetts Institute of
Technology, 1996
[57] N. Demerdash, T. Nehi, “Dynamic modeling of brushless DC motor -- power
condition unit for electromechanical actuator application,” presented at
PESC'79, 1979.
[58] I. Takahashi, Su G Koganezawa, K Oyyama, “A super high speed PM motor
drive system by a quasi-current source inverter,” presented at IEEE Ind. Appl.
Soc. Annual Meeting, Toronto, 1993.
[59] B. Beihoff, “A survey of torque transduction methodologies for industrial
applications,” presented at 1996 Annual Pulp and Paper Industry Technical
Conference, Birmingham, AL, USA, 1996.
[60] C. C. Chan, E. W. C. Lo, Weixiang Shen, “An overview of battery technology
in electric vehicles,” presented at EVS-16, 1999.
[61] T. Shinpo, H. Suzuki, “Development of battery management system for
electric vehicle,” presented at EVS-14, Orlando, Florida, USA, 1997.
[62] A. F. Burke, J. E. Hardin, E. J. Dowgiallo, “Application of ultracapacitors in
electric vehicle propulsion systems,” presented at the 34th International
Power Sources Symposium, USA, 1990.
[63] B. Jonshagen, “The non-flowing Zinc/Bromine battery for electric vehicle
application,” presented at EVS-16, Beijing, 1999.
[64] G. L. Hunt, “The great battery search,” IEEE Spectrum, November, 1998.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 206
[65] P. Mestre, A. Astier, “Application of ultracapacitors and influence of the
drive control strategies on the performance of an electric vehicle,” presented
at EVS-15, Brussels, 1998.
[66] A. F. Burke, J E Hardin, E J Dowgiallo, “application of ultracapacitors in
electric vehicle propulsion system,” presented at the 34th International Power
Sources Symposium, Cherry Hill, NJ, USA, 1990.
[67] A. F. Burke, S. Somasundaram, “Electric/hybrid super car designs using
ultracapacitors,” presented at the 30th Intersociety Energy Conversion
Engineering Conference, USA, 1995.
[68] P.-A. Gath, J. Falt, “Compact capacitor bank improves electric vehicle drive
performance,” Power Conversion & Intelligent Motion, 1996.
[69] N. Kasuga, Nouhito Ohnuma, Sakar Takagi, Junichi Murakami, Hideki Mori,
Shozo Hashizume, Kiyomi Yamasaki, “Ultracapacitor and battery hybrid EV
with high efficiency battery load leveling system,” presented at EVS-15,
Brussels, 1998.
[70] F. Caricchi, F. Crescimbini, F. Giulii, L. Solero, “Ultracapacitors employment
in supply systes for EV motor drives: theoretical study and experimental
results,” presented at EVS-14, Orlando, Florida, USA, 1997.
[71] R. A. Sutula, Kenneth L. Heitner, Susan A. Rogers, Tien Q. Duong, Pandit G.
Patil, S. R. Venkateswaran, “Driving towards a viable future for electric and
hybrid vehicles: U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) Storage R&D Programs,”
presented at EVS-14, Orlando, Florida, USA, 1997.
[72] R. L. Hochney, C A Driscoll, “Power of standby power supplies using
flywheel energy storage,” presented at IEEE INTENEC'97, Melbourne,
Australia, 1997.
[73] P. P. Acarnley, Barrie C Mecrow, James S Burdess, J. Neville Fawcett, James
G Kelly, Phillip G Dickinson, “Design principles for a flywheel energy store
for road vehicles,” IEEE Tran. on Industry Applications, vol. 32, pp. 105-109,
1996.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 207
[74] R. B. Wright, T. C. Murphy, W. E. Kramer, R. A. Sutula, “Experimental
electrochemical capacitor test results,” presented at EVS-14, Orlando,
Florida, USA, 1997.
[75] T. C. Murphy, P. B. Davis, “Update on ultracapacitor development for
transportation applications,” presented at the Symposium on Electrochemical
Capacitors, USA, 1996.
[76] N. Kasuga, Hiroko Yoshikawa, Nobuhito Ohnuma, “High efficiency battery
load leveling EV,” presented at EVS-16, 1999.
[77] H. Kahlem, “Energy and power from supercapacitors and electrochemical
sources,” presented at EVS-16, 1999.
[78] J. Takehara, Kuniaki Miyaoka, Tetsuo Fukuda, “EV mini-van featuring series
conjunction of ultracapacitors and batteries for load leveling of its batteries,”
presented at EVS-15, 1998.
[79] F. Brucchi, M. Conte, F Giulii Caapponi, G Lo Bianco, P. Salvati, L. Solero,
“Ultracapacitor test for EV applications: introduction of new equalization
coefficients,” presented at EVS-16, 1999.
[80] J. McClurkin, “Ultracapacitor model and efficiency,” personal
communication, 1998.
[81] A. M. Tuckey, D. J. Patterson, “A new resonant dc link/boost converter
topology applied to extended speed operation of a brushless dc machine,”
presented at 1998 IEEE Applied Power Electronics Conference, Anaheim,
CA, USA, 1998.
[82] IEEE, “Electromagnetic Compatibility Standards Collection,” IEEE, 1996.
[83] IEC, “Electromagnetic Compatibility Standards, IEC 61000 Series,” IEC,
2000.
[84] C.-J. Tseng, Chern-Lin Chen, “A passive lossless snubber cell for non-
isolated PWM dc-dc converter,” IEEE Transactions on Industrial
Electronics, vol. 44, No. 4, pp. 593-601, 1998.
[85] K. M. Smith Jr., K. M.Smedley, “Engineering design of lossless passive soft
switching methods for PWM converters. I. with minimum voltage stress
circuit cells,” presented at APEC'98, Anaheim, California, USA, 1998.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 208
[86] H. Levy, Isaac Zafrany, Gregory Ivensky, Sam Ben-Yaakov, “Analysis and
evaluation of a lossless turn-on snubber,” presented at APEC'97, 1997.
[87] K. M. Smith Jr., K.M. Smedley, “Engineering design of lossless passive soft
switching method for PWM converters. II. Non-minimum voltage stress
circuit cells,” presented at The International Telecommunications Energy
Conference (INTELEC'98), 1998.
[88] D. M. Divan, G. Skibinski, “Zero switching loss inverters for high power
applications,” presented at IEEE Industry Applications Society Annual
Meeting, USA, 1987.
[89] D. M. Divan, “The resonant DC link converter-a new concept in static power
conversion,” presented at IEEE Industry Applications Society Annual
Meeting, USA, 1986.
[90] D. M. Divan, G. Venkataramanan, R. W. A. A. DeDoncker, “Design
methodologies for soft switched inverters,” IEEE Transactions on Industry
Applications, vol. 29, pp. 126-35, 1993.
[91] R. Streit, Daniel Tollik, “High efficiency telecom rectifier using a novel soft-
switched boost-based input current shaper,” presented at The 13th
International Telecommunication Energy Conference (INTELEC'91), 1991.
[92] S. Ben-Yaakov, Gregory Ivensky, Oleg Levitin, Alexander Treiner,
“Optimization of the auxiliary switch components in a flying capacitor ZVS
converter,” presented at APEC'95, Dallas, TX, USA, 1995.
[93] G. Hua, F. C. Lee, “Soft-switching techniques in PWM converters,” IEEE
Transactions on Industrial Electronics, vol. 42, pp. 595-603, 1995.
[94] M. K. Jr. Smith, Keyue M. Smedley, “A comparison of voltage-mode soft-
switching methods for PWM converter,” IEEE Transactions on Power
Electronics, vol. 12, No. 2, pp. 376-86, 1997.
[95] C. Jung-Goo, Ju-Won Baek, Geun-Hie Rim, Iouri Kang, “Novel zero-voltage-
transition PWM multiphase converters,” IEEE Transactions on Power
Electronics, vol. 13, pp. 152-9, 1998.
[96] C. M. d. O. Stein, Helio L. Hey, “A true ZCZVS commutation cell for PWM
converters,” presented at APEC'98, Anaheim, California, USA, 1998.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 209
[97] J. G. Kassakian, Schlecht, F. Martin, Geroge C. Verghese, Principles of
Power Electronics: Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1991.
[98] A. M. Tuckey, D.J. Patterson, “A minimum loss inductor design for an active
clamped resonant dc link inverter,” presented at IAS'00, Rome, Italy, 2000.
[99] A. M. Tuckey, “Resonant Link inverter for trapezoidal flux electrically
commutated machines,” Ph.D. thesis, School of Engineering, Faculty of
Technology, Northern Territory University, Darwin, Australia, 2000.
[100] R. S. Chokhawala, Jamie Catt, Laszlo Kiraly, “A discussion on IGBT short-
circuit behavior and fault protection schemes,” IEEE Tran. on Industry
Applic., vol. 31, pp. 256-263, 1995.
[101] C. Licitra, Salvatore Musumeci, Angelo Raciti, Agostino U Galluzzo, Romeo
Letor, Maurizio Melito, “A new driving circuit for IGBT devices,” IEEE
Tran. on Power Electronics, vol. 10, pp. 373-378, 1995.
[102] L. Letor, M Melito, “Safe behavior of IGBTs submitted to a dv/dt,” presented
at Power Conversion Conference, 1990.
[103] R. S. Chokhawala, Jamie Catt Pelly, “Gate drive considerations for IGBT
module,” IEEE Transactions on Industry Applications, vol. 31, No 3, pp.
603-611, 1995.
[104] K. Chen, Thomas A Stuart, “A 1.6-kW, 110-kHz dc-dc converter optimized
for IGBTs,” IEEE Transactions on Power Electronics, vol. 8, pp. 18-25,
1993.
[105] HP, “Preliminary Technology Data of HCPL-316J,” Hewlett Packard
Cooperation, USA, USA November 1996.
[106] Unitrode, Product & Applications Handbook, 1995-1996, USA, Unitrode
Integrated Circuits Corporation (UICC), 1996.
[107] F. Koyanagi, Y. Uriu, “Modeling power consumption by electric vehicles and
its impact on power demand,” Electrical Engineering in Japan, vol. 120, No
4, pp. 40-47, 1997.
[108] D. F. Gosden, Geoffrey W. Crapps, Don Johnson, ERDC 248 Electric Vehicle
Development, Energy Research and Development Corporation, 1994, GPO
Box 629 Canberra ACT 2601 Australia
BIBLIOGRAPHY 210
[109] K. W. Klontz, A. Esser, P.J. Wolfs, D. M. Divan, “Converter selection for
electric vehicle charger systems with a high-frequency high-power link,”
presented at PESC'93, Seattle, Washington USA, 1993.
[110] T. Ninomiya, Norio Matsumoto, Masatoshi Nakahara, Koosuku Harada,
“Static and analysis of zero-voltage-switched half-bridge converter with
PWM control,” presented at ?, 1991.
[111] J. Zhang, C Y Lin, X Zhuang, K Rinne, D Sable, G Hua, F Lee, “Design of a
4kw on-board battery charger for electric vehicle,” presented at Annual VPEC
Seminar, Blacksburg, VA, USA, September 1995.
[112] W. Andreycak, “active clamp and reset technique enhances forward converter
performance,” presented at Unitrode Power Supply Design Seminar, USA,
1994.
[113] Y. M. Jiang, F C Lee, G Hua, W Tang, “a novel single-phase power factor
correction scheme,” presented at APEC'93, San Diego, CA, USA, 1993.
[114] S.-K. Sul, Sang-Joon Lee, “An integral battery charger for four-wheel drive
electric vehicle,” IEEE Tran. on Industry Applications, Vol. 31, No 5, 1995.
[115] T. Ishikawa, Toshiyuki Sekimori, Yutaka Hotta, Akira Suzuki, “Development
of a traction inverter with charging function,” presented at EVS-14, Orlando,
Florida, USA, 1997.
[116] H. Shimizu, Kiyomoto Kawakami, Yoshinori Kondo, “Evaluation and future
development of small EV "Luciole",” presented at EVS-14, Orlando, Florida,
USA, 1997.
[117] B. K. Bose, Power Electronics and AC Drives, Englewood Cliffs, NJ:
Prentice Hall, 1986.
[118] Brain J. Seibel, Timothy M. Rowan, and Russel J. Kerkman, "Field-oriented
control of an induction machine in the field-weakening region with dc-link
and load disturbance rejection", IEEE Tran. on Industry Applications, Vol.
33, No. 6, 1997.
[119] Jung-IK and Seung-Ki Sul, "Sensorless field-orientation control of an
induction machine by high-frequency signal injection", IEEE Tran. on
Industry Applications, Vol. 35, No. 1, 1999.
BIBLIOGRAPHY 211
[120] Alfio Consoli, Salvatore Musumeci, Angelo Raciti, and Antonio Testa,
"Sensorless vector and speed control of brushless motor drive", IEEE Tran.
On Industrial Electronics, Vol. 41, No. 1, 1994.